Composited dual summability methods of the new kind
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Caner, Aysun; Başar, Feyzi
2012-08-01
Following Section 4.8 of Başsar [Summability Theory and Its Applications, Bentham Science Publishers, e-books, Monographs, İstanbul-2012, ISBN: 978-1-60805-252-3], we define the duality relation of the new kind between a pair of infinite matrices. Our focus is the dual summability methods derived by the Euler means of order r. By means of a strongly regular triangle matrix C = (cnk), we obtain the composited matrices. The main purpose of this study is to give some inclusion theorems concerning the composited and original dual summability methods defined by the Euler means of order r.
Generalized matrix summability of a conjugate derived Fourier series.
Mursaleen, M; Alotaibi, Abdullah
2017-01-01
The study of infinite matrices is important in the theory of summability and in approximation. In particular, Toeplitz matrices or regular matrices and almost regular matrices have been very useful in this context. In this paper, we propose to use a more general matrix method to obtain necessary and sufficient conditions to sum the conjugate derived Fourier series.
Degree of Approximation by a General Cλ -Summability Method
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Sonker, S.; Munjal, A.
2018-03-01
In the present study, two theorems explaining the degree of approximation of signals belonging to the class Lip(α, p, w) by a more general C λ -method (Summability method) have been formulated. Improved estimations have been observed in terms of λ(n) where (λ(n))‑α ≤ n ‑α for 0 < α ≤ 1 as compared to previous studies presented in terms of n. These estimations of infinite matrices are very much applicable in solid state physics which further motivates for an investigation of perturbations of matrix valued functions.
Tauberian theorems for Abel summability of sequences of fuzzy numbers
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Yavuz, Enes; ćoşkun, Hüsamettin
2015-09-01
We give some conditions under which Abel summable sequences of fuzzy numbers are convergent. As corollaries we obtain the results given in [E. Yavuz, Ö. Talo, Abel summability of sequences of fuzzy numbers, Soft computing 2014, doi: 10.1007/s00500-014-1563-7].
A note on elongations of summable QTAG-modules.
Mehdi, Alveera; Sikander, Fahad; Naji, Sabah A R K
2013-01-01
A right module M over an associative ring with unity is a QTAG-module if every finitely generated submodule of any homomorphic image of M is a direct sum of uniserial modules. In this paper we find a suitable condition under which a special ω-elongation of a summable QTAG-module by a ( ω +k)-projective QTAG-module is also a summable QTAG-module.
A Note on Elongations of Summable QTAG-Modules
Mehdi, Alveera; Naji, Sabah A. R. K.
2013-01-01
A right module M over an associative ring with unity is a QTAG-module if every finitely generated submodule of any homomorphic image of M is a direct sum of uniserial modules. In this paper we find a suitable condition under which a special ω-elongation of a summable QTAG-module by a (ω+k)-projective QTAG-module is also a summable QTAG-module. PMID:24459429
Borel Summability of Perturbative Series in 4D N=2 and 5D N=1 Supersymmetric Theories.
Honda, Masazumi
2016-05-27
We study weak coupling perturbative series in 4D N=2 and 5D N=1 supersymmetric gauge theories with Lagrangians. We prove that the perturbative series of these theories in the zero-instanton sector are Borel summable for various observables. Our result for the 4D N=2 case supports an expectation from a recent proposal on a semiclassical realization of infrared renormalons in QCD-like theories, where the semiclassical solution does not exist in N=2 theories and the perturbative series are unambiguous, namely, Borel summable. We also prove that the perturbative series in an arbitrary number of instanton sectors are Borel summable for a wide class of theories. It turns out that exact results can be obtained by summing over the Borel resummations with every instanton number.
Summability of Connected Correlation Functions of Coupled Lattice Fields
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Lukkarinen, Jani; Marcozzi, Matteo; Nota, Alessia
2018-04-01
We consider two nonindependent random fields ψ and φ defined on a countable set Z. For instance, Z=Z^d or Z=Z^d× I, where I denotes a finite set of possible "internal degrees of freedom" such as spin. We prove that, if the cumulants of ψ and φ enjoy a certain decay property, then all joint cumulants between ψ and φ are ℓ _2-summable in the precise sense described in the text. The decay assumption for the cumulants of ψ and φ is a restricted ℓ _1 summability condition called ℓ _1-clustering property. One immediate application of the results is given by a stochastic process ψ _t(x) whose state is ℓ _1-clustering at any time t: then the above estimates can be applied with ψ =ψ _t and φ =ψ _0 and we obtain uniform in t estimates for the summability of time-correlations of the field. The above clustering assumption is obviously satisfied by any ℓ _1-clustering stationary state of the process, and our original motivation for the control of the summability of time-correlations comes from a quest for a rigorous control of the Green-Kubo correlation function in such a system. A key role in the proof is played by the properties of non-Gaussian Wick polynomials and their connection to cumulants
Exploring Divisibility and Summability of 'Photon' Wave Packets in Nonlinear Optical Phenomena
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Prasad, Narasimha; Roychoudhuri, Chandrasekhar
2009-01-01
Formulations for second and higher harmonic frequency up and down conversions, as well as multi photon processes directly assume summability and divisibility of photons. Quantum mechanical (QM) interpretations are completely congruent with these assumptions. However, for linear optical phenomena (interference, diffraction, refraction, material dispersion, spectral dispersion, etc.), we have a profound dichotomy. Most optical engineers innovate and analyze all optical instruments by propagating pure classical electromagnetic (EM) fields using Maxwell s equations and gives only lip-service to the concept "indivisible light quanta". Further, irrespective of linearity or nonlinearity of the phenomena, the final results are always registered through some photo-electric or photo-chemical effects. This is mathematically well modeled by a quadratic action (energy absorption) relation. Since QM does not preclude divisibility or summability of photons in nonlinear & multi-photon effects, it cannot have any foundational reason against these same possibilities in linear optical phenomena. It implies that we must carefully revisit the fundamental roots behind all light-matter interaction processes and understand the common origin of "graininess" and "discreteness" of light energy.
Application of Summability Methods to Jackson Theorems for Splines.
1984-06-30
principal investigator Dr. Louise Paphael of the Department of Mathematics, Howard University investigated three major problems in the areas of...Differential Equations, August 1983. c) Howard University , Department of Mechanical Engineering, October 1983. d) AMS meeting, San Luis Obispo, Ca., Special...Session on Partial Differen- tial Equations, November 1983. e) Bryn Mawr College, Pa., Fourier Series Seminar, December 1983. f) Howard University , Department
How to resum perturbative series in 3d N =2 Chern-Simons matter theories
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Honda, Masazumi
2016-07-01
Continuing the work of Honda [Phys. Rev. Lett. 116, 211601 (2016)], we study the perturbative series in general 3d N =2 supersymmetric Chern-Simons matter theory with U (1 )R symmetry, which is given by a power series expansion of inverse Chern-Simons levels. We find that the perturbative series is usually non-Borel summable along a positive real axis for various observables. Alternatively, we prove that the perturbative series is always Borel summable along a negative (positive) imaginary axis for positive (negative) Chern-Simons levels. It turns out that the Borel resummations along this direction are the same as the exact results and, therefore, are correct ways of resumming the perturbative series.
On Extended Dissipativity of Discrete-Time Neural Networks With Time Delay.
Feng, Zhiguang; Zheng, Wei Xing
2015-12-01
In this brief, the problem of extended dissipativity analysis for discrete-time neural networks with time-varying delay is investigated. The definition of extended dissipativity of discrete-time neural networks is proposed, which unifies several performance measures, such as the H∞ performance, passivity, l2 - l∞ performance, and dissipativity. By introducing a triple-summable term in Lyapunov function, the reciprocally convex approach is utilized to bound the forward difference of the triple-summable term and then the extended dissipativity criterion for discrete-time neural networks with time-varying delay is established. The derived condition guarantees not only the extended dissipativity but also the stability of the neural networks. Two numerical examples are given to demonstrate the reduced conservatism and effectiveness of the obtained results.
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Mariño, Marcos
2015-09-01
Preface; Part I. Instantons: 1. Instantons in quantum mechanics; 2. Unstable vacua in quantum field theory; 3. Large order behavior and Borel summability; 4. Non-perturbative aspects of Yang-Mills theories; 5. Instantons and fermions; Part II. Large N: 6. Sigma models at large N; 7. The 1=N expansion in QCD; 8. Matrix models and matrix quantum mechanics at large N; 9. Large N QCD in two dimensions; 10. Instantons at large N; Appendix A. Harmonic analysis on S3; Appendix B. Heat kernel and zeta functions; Appendix C. Effective action for large N sigma models; References; Author index; Subject index.
Doi-Peliti path integral methods for stochastic systems with partial exclusion
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Greenman, Chris D.
2018-09-01
Doi-Peliti methods are developed for stochastic models with finite maximum occupation numbers per site. We provide a generalized framework for the different Fock spaces reported in the literature. Paragrassmannian techniques are then utilized to construct path integral formulations of factorial moments. We show that for many models of interest, a Magnus expansion is required to construct a suitable action, meaning actions containing a finite number of terms are not always feasible. However, for such systems, perturbative techniques are still viable, and for some examples, including carrying capacity population dynamics, and diffusion with partial exclusion, the expansions are exactly summable.
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Nezir, Veysel; Mustafa, Nizami
2017-04-01
In 2008, P.K. Lin provided the first example of a nonreflexive space that can be renormed to have fixed point property for nonexpansive mappings. This space was the Banach space of absolutely summable sequences l1 and researchers aim to generalize this to c0, Banach space of null sequences. Before P.K. Lin's intriguing result, in 1979, Goebel and Kuczumow showed that there is a large class of non-weak* compact closed, bounded, convex subsets of l1 with fixed point property for nonexpansive mappings. Then, P.K. Lin inspired by Goebel and Kuczumow's ideas to give his result. Similarly to P.K. Lin's study, Hernández-Linares worked on L1 and in his Ph.D. thesis, supervisored under Maria Japón, showed that L1 can be renormed to have fixed point property for affine nonexpansive mappings. Then, related questions for c0 have been considered by researchers. Recently, Nezir constructed several equivalent norms on c0 and showed that there are non-weakly compact closed, bounded, convex subsets of c0 with fixed point property for affine nonexpansive mappings. In this study, we construct a family of equivalent norms containing those developed by Nezir as well and show that there exists a large class of non-weakly compact closed, bounded, convex subsets of c0 with fixed point property for affine nonexpansive mappings.
On conditions for invertibility of difference and differential operators in weight spaces
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Bichegkuev, Mairbek S.
2011-08-01
We obtain necessary and sufficient conditions for the invertibility of the difference operator D_E\\colon D(D_E)\\subset l^p_\\alpha \\to l^p_\\alpha, (D_E x)(n)=x(n+1)-Bx(n), n\\in {Z}_+, whose domain D(D_E) is given by the condition x(0)\\in E, where l^p_\\alpha=l^p_\\alpha({Z}_+,X), p\\in \\lbrack 1,\\infty \\rbrack , is the Banach space of sequences (of vectors in a Banach space X) summable with weight \\alpha\\colon{Z}_+\\to (0,\\infty) for p\\in \\lbrack 1,\\infty) and bounded with respect to \\alpha for p=\\infty, B\\colon X\\to X is a bounded linear operator, and E is a closed B-invariant subspace of X. We give applications to the invertibility of differential operators with an unbounded operator coefficient (the generator of a strongly continuous operator semigroup) in weight spaces of functions.
Divergent expansion, Borel summability and three-dimensional Navier-Stokes equation.
Costin, Ovidiu; Luo, Guo; Tanveer, Saleh
2008-08-13
We describe how the Borel summability of a divergent asymptotic expansion can be expanded and applied to nonlinear partial differential equations (PDEs). While Borel summation does not apply for non-analytic initial data, the present approach generates an integral equation (IE) applicable to much more general data. We apply these concepts to the three-dimensional Navier-Stokes (NS) system and show how the IE approach can give rise to local existence proofs. In this approach, the global existence problem in three-dimensional NS systems, for specific initial condition and viscosity, becomes a problem of asymptotics in the variable p (dual to 1/t or some positive power of 1/t). Furthermore, the errors in numerical computations in the associated IE can be controlled rigorously, which is very important for nonlinear PDEs such as NS when solutions are not known to exist globally.Moreover, computation of the solution of the IE over an interval [0,p0] provides sharper control of its p-->infinity behaviour. Preliminary numerical computations give encouraging results.
f-lacunary statistical convergence of order (α, β)
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Sengul, Hacer; Isik, Mahmut; Et, Mikail
2017-09-01
The main purpose of this paper is to introduce the concepts of f-lacunary statistical convergence of order (α, β) and strong f-lacunary summability of order (α, β) of sequences of real numbers for 0 <α ≤ β ≤ 1, where f is an unbounded modulus.
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Bloshanskiĭ, I. L.
1984-02-01
The precise geometry is found of measurable sets in N-dimensional Euclidean space on which generalized localization almost everywhere holds for multiple Fourier series which are rectangularly summable.Bibliography: 14 titles.
Viscoelastic Timoshenko Beams with Occasionally Constant Relaxation Functions
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Tatar, Nasser-eddine, E-mail: tatarn@kfupm.edu.sa
2012-08-15
For a prescribed desirable arbitrary decay suitable viscoelastic materials are determined through their relaxation functions. It is shown that if we wish to have a decay of order {gamma}(t) then the kernels should be of the same order. That is their product with this function should be summable.
Matrix Transformations between Certain Sequence Spaces over the Non-Newtonian Complex Field
Efe, Hakan
2014-01-01
In some cases, the most general linear operator between two sequence spaces is given by an infinite matrix. So the theory of matrix transformations has always been of great interest in the study of sequence spaces. In the present paper, we introduce the matrix transformations in sequence spaces over the field ℂ* and characterize some classes of infinite matrices with respect to the non-Newtonian calculus. Also we give the necessary and sufficient conditions on an infinite matrix transforming one of the classical sets over ℂ* to another one. Furthermore, the concept for sequence-to-sequence and series-to-series methods of summability is given with some illustrated examples. PMID:25110740
Generalized statistical convergence of order β for sequences of fuzzy numbers
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Altınok, Hıfsı; Karakaş, Abdulkadir; Altın, Yavuz
2018-01-01
In the present paper, we introduce the concepts of Δm-statistical convergence of order β for sequences of fuzzy numbers and strongly Δm-summable of order β for sequences of fuzzy numbers by using a modulus function f and taking supremum on metric d for 0 < β ≤ 1 and give some inclusion relations between them.
On the equivalence of experimental B(E2) values determined by various techniques
Birch, M.; Pritychenko, B.; Singh, B.
2016-06-30
In this paper, we establish the equivalence of the various techniques for measuring B(E2) values using a statistical analysis. Data used in this work come from the recent compilation by B. Pritychenko et al. (2016). We consider only those nuclei for which the B(E2) values were measured by at least two different methods, with each method being independently performed at least twice. Our results indicate that most prevalent methods of measuring B(E2) values are equivalent, with some weak evidence that Doppler-shift attenuation method (DSAM) measurements may differ from Coulomb excitation (CE) and nuclear resonance fluorescence (NRF) measurements. However, such anmore » evidence appears to arise from discrepant DSAM measurements of the lifetimes for 60Ni and some Sn nuclei rather than a systematic deviation in the method itself.« less
29 CFR 1910.106 - Flammable liquids.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-07-01
... by reference as specified in § 1910.6, or an equivalent test method as defined in Appendix B to... an equivalent method as defined by Appendix B to § 1910.1200—Physical Hazard Criteria, shall be used... this subparagraph. (15) Hotel shall mean buildings or groups of buildings under the same management in...
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Bykhovskiy, E. B.; Smirnov, N. V.
1983-01-01
The Hilbert space L2(omega) of vector functions is studied. A breakdown of L2(omega) into orthogonal subspaces is discussed and the properties of the operators for projection onto these subspaces are investigated from the standpoint of preserving the differential properties of the vectors being projected. Finally, the properties of the operators are examined.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-07-01
... Zone or Canadian equivalent. For vessels required to report under § 151.2060(b)(3) of this subpart, the... methods of reporting if— (a) Such methods are at least as effective as those required by § 151.2060 of this subpart; and (b) Compliance with § 151.2060 of this subpart is economically or physically...
Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR
2013-07-01
... Zone or Canadian equivalent. For vessels required to report under § 151.2060(b)(3) of this subpart, the... methods of reporting if— (a) Such methods are at least as effective as those required by § 151.2060 of this subpart; and (b) Compliance with § 151.2060 of this subpart is economically or physically...
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-07-01
... Zone or Canadian equivalent. For vessels required to report under § 151.2060(b)(3) of this subpart, the... methods of reporting if— (a) Such methods are at least as effective as those required by § 151.2060 of this subpart; and (b) Compliance with § 151.2060 of this subpart is economically or physically...
Nikazad, T; Davidi, R; Herman, G. T.
2013-01-01
We study the convergence of a class of accelerated perturbation-resilient block-iterative projection methods for solving systems of linear equations. We prove convergence to a fixed point of an operator even in the presence of summable perturbations of the iterates, irrespective of the consistency of the linear system. For a consistent system, the limit point is a solution of the system. In the inconsistent case, the symmetric version of our method converges to a weighted least squares solution. Perturbation resilience is utilized to approximate the minimum of a convex functional subject to the equations. A main contribution, as compared to previously published approaches to achieving similar aims, is a more than an order of magnitude speed-up, as demonstrated by applying the methods to problems of image reconstruction from projections. In addition, the accelerated algorithms are illustrated to be better, in a strict sense provided by the method of statistical hypothesis testing, than their unaccelerated versions for the task of detecting small tumors in the brain from X-ray CT projection data. PMID:23440911
Nikazad, T; Davidi, R; Herman, G T
2012-03-01
We study the convergence of a class of accelerated perturbation-resilient block-iterative projection methods for solving systems of linear equations. We prove convergence to a fixed point of an operator even in the presence of summable perturbations of the iterates, irrespective of the consistency of the linear system. For a consistent system, the limit point is a solution of the system. In the inconsistent case, the symmetric version of our method converges to a weighted least squares solution. Perturbation resilience is utilized to approximate the minimum of a convex functional subject to the equations. A main contribution, as compared to previously published approaches to achieving similar aims, is a more than an order of magnitude speed-up, as demonstrated by applying the methods to problems of image reconstruction from projections. In addition, the accelerated algorithms are illustrated to be better, in a strict sense provided by the method of statistical hypothesis testing, than their unaccelerated versions for the task of detecting small tumors in the brain from X-ray CT projection data.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-07-01
... Methods for Air Monitoring of Criteria Pollutants Pollutant Ref. or equivalent Manual or automated Applicable part 50 appendix Applicable subparts of part 53 A B C D E F SO2 Reference Manual A Equivalent Manual ✓ ✓ Automated ✓ ✓ ✓ CO Reference Automated C ✓ ✓ Equivalent Manual ✓ ✓ Automated ✓ ✓ ✓ O3...
Δim-lacunary statistical convergence of order α
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Altınok, Hıfsı; Et, Mikail; Işık, Mahmut
2018-01-01
The purpose of this work is to introduce the concepts of Δim-lacunary statistical convergence of order α and lacunary strongly (Δim,p )-convergence of order α. We establish some connections between lacunary strongly (Δim,p )-convergence of order α and Δim-lacunary statistical convergence of order α. It is shown that if a sequence is lacunary strongly (Δim,p )-summable of order α then it is Δim-lacunary statistically convergent of order α.
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Manohar, A. V.
2003-02-01
These lecture notes present some of the basic ideas of heavy quark effective theory. The topics covered include the classification of states, the derivation of the HQET Lagrangian at tree level, hadron masses, meson form factors, Luke's theorem, reparameterization invariance and inclusive decays. Radiative corrections are discussed in some detail, including an explicit computation of a matching correction for HQET. Borel summability, renormalons, and their connection with the QCD perturbation series is covered, as well as the use of the upsilon expansion to improve the convergence of the perturbation series.
Stable Summability and Approximation Theory
1989-07-25
ORGANIZATION REPORT NUMBER(S) ARO 21235.23-MA-H Ga. NAME OF PERFORMING ORGANIZATION 6lb. OFFICE SYMBOL 7a. NAME OF MONITORING ORGANIZATION Howard University (__ Applicable_...DAAG-29-84-GO004 NT IS GAkl I TI TA3 PROPOSAL: P-21235 MAH El e HOWARD UNIVERSITY AvCil nc/or WASHINGTON, DC 20059 pvcst_ -pcial APPROVED FOR PUBLIC... Howard University , during the period of July 1984 through June 1989 on Army Research Office - Division of Applied lathematics grant DAAG-29-84-G00O4/P
Translation of the Marlowe-Crowne Social Desirability Scale into an Equivalent Spanish Version
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Collazo, Andres A.
2005-01-01
A Spanish version of the Marlowe-Crowne Social Desirability Scale (MCSDS) was developed by applying a method derived from the cross-cultural and psychometric literature. The method included five sequenced studies: (a) translation and back-translation, (b) comprehension assessment, (c) psychometric equivalence study of two mixed-language versions,…
Constructive tensorial group field theory II: the {U(1)-T^4_4} model
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Lahoche, Vincent
2018-05-01
In this paper, we continue our program of non-pertubative constructions of tensorial group field theories (TGFT). We prove analyticity and Borel summability in a suitable domain of the coupling constant of the simplest super-renormalizable TGFT which contains some ultraviolet divergencies, namely the color-symmetric quartic melonic rank-four model with Abelian gauge invariance, nicknamed . We use a multiscale loop vertex expansion. It is an extension of the loop vertex expansion (the basic constructive technique for non-local theories) which is required for theories that involve non-trivial renormalization.
Thermodynamics of reformulated automotive fuels
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Zudkevitch, D.; Murthy, A.K.S.; Gmehling, J.
1995-06-01
Two methods for predicting Reid vapor pressure (Rvp) and initial vapor emissions of reformulated gasoline blends that contain one or more oxygenated compounds show excellent agreement with experimental data. In the first method, method A, D-86 distillation data for gasoline blends are used for predicting Rvp from a simulation of the mini dry vapor pressure equivalent (Dvpe) experiment. The other method, method B, relies on analytical information (PIANO analyses) of the base gasoline and uses classical thermodynamics for simulating the same Rvp equivalent (Rvpe) mini experiment. Method B also predicts composition and other properties for the fuel`s initial vapor emission.more » Method B, although complex, is more useful in that is can predict properties of blends without a D-86 distillation. An important aspect of method B is its capability to predict composition of initial vapor emissions from gasoline blends. Thus, it offers a powerful tool to planners of gasoline blending. Method B uses theoretically sound formulas, rigorous thermodynamic routines and uses data and correlations of physical properties that are in the public domain. Results indicate that predictions made with both methods agree very well with experimental values of Dvpe. Computer simulation methods were programmed and tested.« less
Schreuder, G M; Hurley, C K; Marsh, S G; Lau, M; Maiers, M; Kollman, C; Noreen, H
1999-11-01
This report presents serologic equivalents of 90 HLA-A, 190 HLA-B, and 145 HLA-DRB1 alleles. The equivalents cover over 70% of the presently identified HLA-A, -B, and -DRB1 alleles. The dictionary is an update of the one published in 1997 and now also includes equivalents for HLA-C, DRB3, DRB4, DRB5, and DQB1 alleles. The data summarize information obtained by the WHO HLA Nomenclature Committee, the International Cell Exchange (UCLA), the National Marrow Donor Program (NMDP), and by individual laboratories. In addition, a listing is provided of alleles that are expressed as antigens with serologic reaction patterns that differ from the well-established HLA specificities and that often lack official WHO nomenclature. The provided equivalents will be useful in guiding searches for unrelated donors in which patients and/or potential donors are typed by either serology or DNA-based methods. These equivalents will also serve typing and matching procedures for organ transplant programs where HLA typings from donors and from recipients on waiting lists represent mixtures of serologic and molecular typings. Some guidelines are provided for the use of appropriate WHO HLA nomenclature for serologic typings and for generic and allele specific typings obtained with molecular methods. The tables with HLA equivalents and the questionnaire for submission of serology on poorly identified alleles will also be available at the WMDA web page: www.bmdw.org/wmda.
Constructive tensorial group field theory I: The {U(1)} -{T^4_3} model
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Lahoche, Vincent
2018-05-01
The loop vertex expansion (LVE) is a constructive technique using canonical combinatorial tools. It works well for quantum field theories without renormalization, which is the case of the field theory studied in this paper. Tensorial group field theories (TGFTs) are a new class of field theories proposed to quantize gravity. This paper is devoted to a very simple TGFT for rank three tensors with U(1) group and quartic interactions, hence nicknamed -. It has no ultraviolet divergence, and we show, with the LVE, that it is Borel summable in its coupling constant.
Isospin amplitudes of B → Kππ decays
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Calderón, G.; García-Duque, Cristian H.
2015-10-01
We obtain two isospin amplitude decompositions of the B → Kππ decays. We use the method of addition of three isospin vectors, and prove the equivalency of the two isospin amplitude decompositions obtained. We only have considered contributions of the Hamiltonian to the transitions with change of isospin ΔI = 0 and ΔI = 1. The symmetry of isospin allows to relate the charged B+ →K+π+π-, B+ →K+π0π0, and B+ →K0π0π+ channels with the neutral B0 →K0π+π-, B0 →K0π0π0, and B0 →K+π0π- channels. Additionally, we obtain equivalent triangular relations in the charged and neutral channels.
Harder, Timm C.; Hufnagel, Markus; Zahn, Katrin; Beutel, Karin; Schmitt, Heinz-Josef; Ullmann, Uwe; Rautenberg, Peter
2001-01-01
Detection of parvovirus B19 DNA offers diagnostic advantages over serology, particularly in persistent infections of immunocompromised patients. A rapid, novel method of B19 DNA detection and quantification is introduced. This method, a quantitative PCR assay, is based on real-time glass capillary thermocycling (LightCycler [LC]) and fluorescence resonance energy transfer (FRET). The PCR assay allowed quantification over a dynamic range of over 7 logs and could quantify as little as 250 B19 genome equivalents (geq) per ml as calculated for plasmid DNA (i.e., theoretically ≥5 geq per assay). Interrater agreement analysis demonstrated equivalence of LC-FRET PCR and conventional nested PCR in the diagnosis of an active B19 infection (kappa coefficient = 0.83). The benefit of the new method was demonstrated in an immunocompromised child with a relapsing infection, who required an attenuation of the immunosuppressive therapy in addition to repeated doses of immunoglobulin to eliminate the virus. PMID:11724854
Leveling data in geochemical mapping: scope of application, pros and cons of existing methods
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Pereira, Benoît; Vandeuren, Aubry; Sonnet, Philippe
2017-04-01
Geochemical mapping successfully met a range of needs from mineral exploration to environmental management. In Europe and around the world numerous geochemical datasets already exist. These datasets may originate from geochemical mapping projects or from the collection of sample analyses requested by environmental protection regulatory bodies. Combining datasets can be highly beneficial for establishing geochemical maps with increased resolution and/or coverage area. However this practice requires assessing the equivalence between datasets and, if needed, applying data leveling to remove possible biases between datasets. In the literature, several procedures for assessing dataset equivalence and leveling data are proposed. Daneshfar & Cameron (1998) proposed a method for the leveling of two adjacent datasets while Pereira et al. (2016) proposed two methods for the leveling of datasets that contain records located within the same geographical area. Each discussed method requires its own set of assumptions (underlying populations of data, spatial distribution of data, etc.). Here we propose to discuss the scope of application, pros, cons and practical recommendations for each method. This work is illustrated with several case studies in Wallonia (Southern Belgium) and in Europe involving trace element geochemical datasets. References: Daneshfar, B. & Cameron, E. (1998), Leveling geochemical data between map sheets, Journal of Geochemical Exploration 63(3), 189-201. Pereira, B.; Vandeuren, A.; Govaerts, B. B. & Sonnet, P. (2016), Assessing dataset equivalence and leveling data in geochemical mapping, Journal of Geochemical Exploration 168, 36-48.
The transfer of social exclusion and inclusion functions through derived stimulus relations.
Munnelly, Anita; Martin, Georgina; Dack, Charlotte; Zedginidze, Ann; McHugh, Louise
2014-09-01
Previous studies have found that social exclusion can cause distress to those excluded. One method used to study social exclusion is through a virtual ball-toss game known as Cyberball. In this game, participants may be excluded from or included in the ball-toss game and typically report lower feelings of self-esteem, control, belonging, and meaningful existence following exclusion. Experiments 1 and 2 sought to explore the transfer of feelings of exclusion and inclusion through stimulus equivalence classes. In both experiments, participants were trained to form two three-member equivalence classes (e.g., A1-B1, B1-C1; A2-B2, B2-C2) and were tested with novel stimulus combinations (A1-C1, C1-A1, A2-C2, C2-A2). Thereafter, participants were exposed to the Cyberball exclusion and inclusion games. In these games, one stimulus (C1) from one equivalence class was assigned as the Cyberball inclusion game name, whereas one stimulus (C2) from the other equivalence class was assigned as the Cyberball exclusion game name. In Experiment 2, participants were only exposed to the Cyberball exclusion game. During a subsequent transfer test, participants were asked to rate how included in or excluded from they thought they would be in other online games, corresponding to members of both equivalence classes. Participant reported that they felt they would be excluded from online games if the games were members of the same equivalence class as C2. In contrast, participants reported that they felt they would be included in online games if the games were members of the same equivalence class as C1. Results indicated the transfer of feelings of inclusion (Experiment 1) and feelings of exclusion (Experiments 1 and 2) through equivalence classes.
Holdsworth, R; Hurley, C K; Marsh, S G E; Lau, M; Noreen, H J; Kempenich, J H; Setterholm, M; Maiers, M
2009-02-01
The 2008 report of the human leukocyte antigen (HLA) data dictionary presents serologic equivalents of HLA-A, -B, -C, -DRB1, -DRB3, -DRB4, -DRB5, and -DQB1 alleles. The dictionary is an update of the one published in 2004. The data summarize equivalents obtained by the World Health Organization Nomenclature Committee for Factors of the HLA System, the International Cell Exchange, UCLA, the National Marrow Donor Program, recent publications, and individual laboratories. The 2008 edition includes information on 832 new alleles (685 class I and 147 class II) and updated information on 766 previously listed alleles (577 class I and 189 class II). The tables list the alleles with remarks on the serologic patterns and the equivalents. The serological equivalents are listed as expert assigned types, and the data are useful for identifying potential stem cell donors who were typed by either serology or DNA-based methods. The tables with HLA equivalents are available as a searchable form on the IMGT/HLA database Web site (http://www.ebi.ac.uk/imgt/hla/dictionary.html).
Schreuder, G M; Hurley, C K; Marsh, S G; Lau, M; Maiers, M; Kollman, C; Noreen, H J
2001-12-01
This report presents the serological equivalents of 123 HLA-A, 272 HLA-B and 155 HLA-DRB1 alleles. The equivalents cover over 64% of the presently identified HLA-A, -B and -DRB1 alleles. The dictionary is an update of the one published in 1999 (<1>Schreuder et al., 1999, Tissue Antigens, 54, 409) and also includes equivalents for HLA-C, DRB3, DRB4, DRB5 and DQB1 alleles. The data summarize information obtained by the WHO Nomenclature Committee for Factors of the HLA System, the International Cell Exchange (UCLA), the National Marrow Donor Program (NMDP) and individual laboratories. In addition, a listing is provided of alleles that are expressed as antigens with serological reaction patterns that differ from the well-established HLA specificities. The equivalents provided will be useful in guiding searches for unrelated hematopoietic stem cell donors in which patients and/or potential donors are typed by either serology or DNA-based methods. These equivalents will also serve typing and matching procedures for organ transplant programmes where HLA typings from donors and from recipients on waiting lists represent mixtures of serological and molecular typings. The tables with HLA equivalents and a questionnaire for submission of serological reaction patterns for poorly identified allelic products will also be available on the WMDA web page: www.worldmarrow.org
29 CFR 2530.200b-3 - Determination of service to be credited to employees.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-07-01
... the equivalencies permitted under this section, or the elapsed time method of crediting service permitted under this section, or the elapsed time method of crediting service permitted under § 2530.200b-9... applied. Thus, for example, a plan may provide that part-time employees are credited under the general...
Desmedt, J E; Ozaki, I
1991-01-01
A method using a DC servo motor is described to produce brisk angular movements at finger interphalangeal joints in humans. Small passive flexions of 2 degrees elicited sizable somatosensory evoked potentials (SEPs) starting with a contralateral positive P34 parietal response thought to reflect activation of a radial equivalent dipole generator in area 2 which receives joint inputs. By contrast, electric stimulation of tactile (non-joint) inputs from the distal phalanx evoked the usual contralateral negative N20 reflecting a tangential equivalent dipole generator in area 3b. Finger joint inputs also evoked a precentral positivity equivalent to the P22 of motor area 4, and a large frontal negativity equivalent to N30. It is suggested that natural stimulation allows human SEP components to be differentiated in conjunction with distinct cortical somatotopic projections.
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Dou, Wenjie; Subotnik, Joseph E.
2018-02-01
In a recent publication [W. Dou et al., Phys. Rev. Lett. 119, 046001 (2017), 10.1103/PhysRevLett.119.046001], using the quantum-classical Liouville equation (QCLE), we derived a very general form for the electronic friction felt by a molecule moving near one or many metal surfaces. Moreover, we have already proved the equivalence of the QCLE electronic friction with the Head-Gordon-Tully model as well as a generalized version of von Oppen's nonequilibrium Green's function (NEGF) method at equilibrium [W. Dou and J. E. Subotnik, Phys. Rev. B 96, 104305 (2017), 10.1103/PhysRevB.96.104305]. In the present paper, we now further prove the equivalence between the QCLE friction and the NEGF friction for the case of multiple metal surfaces and an out-of-equilibrium electronic current without electron-electron interactions. The present results reinforce our recent claim that there is only one universal electronic friction tensor arising from the Born-Oppenheimer approximation.
An algebraic approach to the analytic bootstrap
Alday, Luis F.; Zhiboedov, Alexander
2017-04-27
We develop an algebraic approach to the analytic bootstrap in CFTs. By acting with the Casimir operator on the crossing equation we map the problem of doing large spin sums to any desired order to the problem of solving a set of recursion relations. We compute corrections to the anomalous dimension of large spin operators due to the exchange of a primary and its descendants in the crossed channel and show that this leads to a Borel-summable expansion. Here, we analyse higher order corrections to the microscopic CFT data in the direct channel and its matching to infinite towers ofmore » operators in the crossed channel. We apply this method to the critical O(N ) model. At large N we reproduce the first few terms in the large spin expansion of the known two-loop anomalous dimensions of higher spin currents in the traceless symmetric representation of O(N ) and make further predictions. At small N we present the results for the truncated large spin expansion series of anomalous dimensions of higher spin currents.« less
Fractal spectral triples on Kellendonk's C∗-algebra of a substitution tiling
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Mampusti, Michael; Whittaker, Michael F.
2017-02-01
We introduce a new class of noncommutative spectral triples on Kellendonk's C∗-algebra associated with a nonperiodic substitution tiling. These spectral triples are constructed from fractal trees on tilings, which define a geodesic distance between any two tiles in the tiling. Since fractals typically have infinite Euclidean length, the geodesic distance is defined using Perron-Frobenius theory, and is self-similar with scaling factor given by the Perron-Frobenius eigenvalue. We show that each spectral triple is θ-summable, and respects the hierarchy of the substitution system. To elucidate our results, we construct a fractal tree on the Penrose tiling, and explicitly show how it gives rise to a collection of spectral triples.
78 FR 40000 - Method for the Determination of Lead in Total Suspended Particulate Matter
Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014
2013-07-03
.... Purpose of the New Reference Method B. Rationale for Selection of the New Reference Method C. Comments on.../files/ambient/criteria/reference-equivalent-methods-list.pdf . C. Comments on the Proposed Rule On... information collection requirements beyond those imposed by the existing Pb monitoring requirements. C...
A formal and data-based comparison of measures of motor-equivalent covariation.
Verrel, Julius
2011-09-15
Different analysis methods have been developed for assessing motor-equivalent organization of movement variability. In the uncontrolled manifold (UCM) method, the structure of variability is analyzed by comparing goal-equivalent and non-goal-equivalent variability components at the level of elemental variables (e.g., joint angles). In contrast, in the covariation by randomization (CR) approach, motor-equivalent organization is assessed by comparing variability at the task level between empirical and decorrelated surrogate data. UCM effects can be due to both covariation among elemental variables and selective channeling of variability to elemental variables with low task sensitivity ("individual variation"), suggesting a link between the UCM and CR method. However, the precise relationship between the notion of covariation in the two approaches has not been analyzed in detail yet. Analysis of empirical and simulated data from a study on manual pointing shows that in general the two approaches are not equivalent, but the respective covariation measures are highly correlated (ρ > 0.7) for two proposed definitions of covariation in the UCM context. For one-dimensional task spaces, a formal comparison is possible and in fact the two notions of covariation are equivalent. In situations in which individual variation does not contribute to UCM effects, for which necessary and sufficient conditions are derived, this entails the equivalence of the UCM and CR analysis. Implications for the interpretation of UCM effects are discussed. Copyright © 2011 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
Zhan, Yu; Liu, Changsheng; Zhang, Fengpeng; Qiu, Zhaoguo
2016-07-01
The laser ultrasonic generation of Rayleigh surface wave and longitudinal wave in an elastic plate is studied by experiment and finite element method. In order to eliminate the measurement error and the time delay of the experimental system, the linear fitting method of experimental data is applied. The finite element analysis software ABAQUS is used to simulate the propagation of Rayleigh surface wave and longitudinal wave caused by laser excitation on a sheet metal sample surface. The equivalent load method is proposed and applied. The pulsed laser is equivalent to the surface load in time and space domain to meet the Gaussian profile. The relationship between the physical parameters of the laser and the load is established by the correction factor. The numerical solution is in good agreement with the experimental result. The simple and effective numerical and experimental methods for laser ultrasonic measurement of the elastic constants are demonstrated. Copyright © 2016. Published by Elsevier B.V.
40 CFR 60.446 - Test methods and procedures.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-07-01
... the web substrate. (b) Method 25 shall be used to determine the VOC concentration, in parts per... equivalent, and each effluent gas stream emitted directly to the atmosphere. Methods 1, 2, 3, and 4 shall be... minimum sampling volume must be 0.003 dscm except that shorter sampling times or smaller volumes, when...
40 CFR 60.446 - Test methods and procedures.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-07-01
... the web substrate. (b) Method 25 shall be used to determine the VOC concentration, in parts per... equivalent, and each effluent gas stream emitted directly to the atmosphere. Methods 1, 2, 3, and 4 shall be... minimum sampling volume must be 0.003 dscm except that shorter sampling times or smaller volumes, when...
Some basic results on the sets of sequences with geometric calculus
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Türkmen, Cengiz; Başar, Feyzi
2012-08-01
As an alternative to the classical calculus, Grossman and Katz [Non-Newtonian Calculus, Lee Press, Pigeon Cove, Massachusetts, 1972] introduced the non-Newtonian calculus consisting of the branches of geometric, anageometric and bigeometric calculus. Following Grossman and Katz, we construct the field C(G) of geometric complex numbers and the concept of geometric metric. Also we give the triangle and Minkowski's inequalities in the sense of geometric calculus. Later we respectively define the sets w(G), ℓ∞(G), c(G), c0(G) and ℓp(G) of all, bounded, convergent, null and p-absolutely summable sequences, in the sense of geometric calculus and show that each of the set forms a complete vector space on the field C(G).
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Fillman, Jake
2017-03-01
We study Jacobi matrices that are uniformly approximated by periodic operators. We show that if the rate of approximation is sufficiently rapid, then the associated quantum dynamics are ballistic in a rather strong sense; namely, the (normalized) Heisenberg evolution of the position operator converges strongly to a self-adjoint operator that is injective on the space of absolutely summable sequences. In particular, this means that all transport exponents corresponding to well-localized initial states are equal to one. Our result may be applied to a class of quantum many-body problems. Specifically, we establish a lower bound on the Lieb-Robinson velocity for an isotropic XY spin chain on the integers with limit-periodic couplings.
42 CFR 440.340 - Actuarial report for benchmark-equivalent coverage.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR
2013-10-01
...) Using a standardized population that is representative of the population involved. (5) Applying the same... taking into account any differences in coverage based on the method of delivery or means of cost control... population to be used in paragraphs (b)(3) and (b)(4) of this section. (d) The State must provide sufficient...
42 CFR 440.340 - Actuarial report for benchmark-equivalent coverage.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-10-01
...) Using a standardized population that is representative of the population involved. (5) Applying the same... taking into account any differences in coverage based on the method of delivery or means of cost control... population to be used in paragraphs (b)(3) and (b)(4) of this section. (d) The State must provide sufficient...
42 CFR 440.340 - Actuarial report for benchmark-equivalent coverage.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-10-01
...) Using a standardized population that is representative of the population involved. (5) Applying the same... taking into account any differences in coverage based on the method of delivery or means of cost control... population to be used in paragraphs (b)(3) and (b)(4) of this section. (d) The State must provide sufficient...
42 CFR 440.340 - Actuarial report for benchmark-equivalent coverage.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-10-01
...) Using a standardized population that is representative of the population involved. (5) Applying the same... taking into account any differences in coverage based on the method of delivery or means of cost control... population to be used in paragraphs (b)(3) and (b)(4) of this section. (d) The State must provide sufficient...
Static and Vibration Analyses of General Wing Structures Using Equivalent Plate Models
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Kapania, Rakesh K.; Liu, Youhua
1999-01-01
An efficient method, using equivalent plate model, is developed for studying the static and vibration analyses of general built-up wing structures composed of skins, spars, and ribs. The model includes the transverse shear effects by treating the built-up wing as a plate following the Reissner-Mindlin theory, the so-called First-order Shear Deformation Theory (FSDT). The Ritz method is used with the Legendre polynomials being employed as the trial functions. This is in contrast to previous equivalent plate model methods which have used simple polynomials, known to be prone to numerical ill-conditioning, as the trial functions. The present developments are evaluated by comparing the results with those obtained using MSC/NASTRAN, for a set of examples. These examples are: (i) free-vibration analysis of a clamped trapezoidal plate with (a) uniform thickness, and (b) non-uniform thickness varying as an airfoil, (ii) free-vibration and static analyses (including skin stress distribution) of a general built-up wing, and (iii) free-vibration and static analyses of a swept-back box wing. The results obtained by the present equivalent plate model are in good agreement with those obtained by the finite element method.
7 CFR 58.442 - Laboratory and quality control tests.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-01-01
... 7 Agriculture 3 2010-01-01 2010-01-01 false Laboratory and quality control tests. 58.442 Section... Service 1 Operations and Operating Procedures § 58.442 Laboratory and quality control tests. (a) Chemical... Methods or by other methods giving equivalent results. (b) Weight or volume control. Representative...
7 CFR 58.442 - Laboratory and quality control tests.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-01-01
... 7 Agriculture 3 2011-01-01 2011-01-01 false Laboratory and quality control tests. 58.442 Section... Service 1 Operations and Operating Procedures § 58.442 Laboratory and quality control tests. (a) Chemical... Methods or by other methods giving equivalent results. (b) Weight or volume control. Representative...
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Choi, Sae Il
2009-01-01
This study used simulation (a) to compare the kernel equating method to traditional equipercentile equating methods under the equivalent-groups (EG) design and the nonequivalent-groups with anchor test (NEAT) design and (b) to apply the parametric bootstrap method for estimating standard errors of equating. A two-parameter logistic item response…
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-01-01
... defrost control. The energy consumption in kilowatt-hours per day shall be calculated equivalent to: ET... though the consumer-activated compartment temperature controls were preset so that the desired... calculated effect of operating a freezer for a period of 24 hours with the consumer-activated controls other...
Geometry of Conservation Laws for a Class of Parabolic Partial Differential Equations
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Clelland, Jeanne Nielsen
1996-08-01
I consider the problem of computing the space of conservation laws for a second-order, parabolic partial differential equation for one function of three independent variables. The PDE is formulated as an exterior differential system {cal I} on a 12 -manifold M, and its conservation laws are identified with the vector space of closed 3-forms in the infinite prolongation of {cal I} modulo the so -called "trivial" conservation laws. I use the tools of exterior differential systems and Cartan's method of equivalence to study the structure of the space of conservation laws. My main result is:. Theorem. Any conservation law for a second-order, parabolic PDE for one function of three independent variables can be represented by a closed 3-form in the differential ideal {cal I} on the original 12-manifold M. I show that if a nontrivial conservation law exists, then {cal I} has a deprolongation to an equivalent system {cal J} on a 7-manifold N, and any conservation law for {cal I} can be expressed as a closed 3-form on N which lies in {cal J}. Furthermore, any such system in the real analytic category is locally equivalent to a system generated by a (parabolic) equation of the formA(u _{xx}u_{yy}-u_sp {xy}{2}) + B_1u_{xx }+2B_2u_{xy} +B_3u_ {yy}+C=0crwhere A, B_{i}, C are functions of x, y, t, u, u_{x}, u _{y}, u_{t}. I compute the space of conservation laws for several examples, and I begin the process of analyzing the general case using Cartan's method of equivalence. I show that the non-linearizable equation u_{t} = {1over2}e ^{-u}(u_{xx}+u_ {yy})has an infinite-dimensional space of conservation laws. This stands in contrast to the two-variable case, for which Bryant and Griffiths showed that any equation whose space of conservation laws has dimension 4 or more is locally equivalent to a linear equation, i.e., is linearizable.
20 CFR 655.736 - What are H-1B-dependent employers and willful violators?
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-04-01
.... workers and H-1B nonimmigrants, and measured according to full-time equivalent employees) and the employer...)— (i)(A) The employer has 25 or fewer full-time equivalent employees who are employed in the U.S.; and... than 50 full-time equivalent employees who are employed in the U.S.; and (B) Employs more than 12 H-1B...
20 CFR 655.736 - What are H-1B-dependent employers and willful violators?
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-04-01
.... workers and H-1B nonimmigrants, and measured according to full-time equivalent employees) and the employer...)— (i)(A) The employer has 25 or fewer full-time equivalent employees who are employed in the U.S.; and... than 50 full-time equivalent employees who are employed in the U.S.; and (B) Employs more than 12 H-1B...
20 CFR 655.736 - What are H-1B-dependent employers and willful violators?
Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR
2013-04-01
.... workers and H-1B nonimmigrants, and measured according to full-time equivalent employees) and the employer...)— (i)(A) The employer has 25 or fewer full-time equivalent employees who are employed in the U.S.; and... than 50 full-time equivalent employees who are employed in the U.S.; and (B) Employs more than 12 H-1B...
20 CFR 655.736 - What are H-1B-dependent employers and willful violators?
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-04-01
.... workers and H-1B nonimmigrants, and measured according to full-time equivalent employees) and the employer...)— (i)(A) The employer has 25 or fewer full-time equivalent employees who are employed in the U.S.; and... than 50 full-time equivalent employees who are employed in the U.S.; and (B) Employs more than 12 H-1B...
20 CFR 655.736 - What are H-1B-dependent employers and willful violators?
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-04-01
.... workers and H-1B nonimmigrants, and measured according to full-time equivalent employees) and the employer...)— (i)(A) The employer has 25 or fewer full-time equivalent employees who are employed in the U.S.; and... than 50 full-time equivalent employees who are employed in the U.S.; and (B) Employs more than 12 H-1B...
Schreuder, G M Th; Hurley, C K; Marsh, S G E; Lau, M; Fernandez-Vina, M; Noreen, H J; Setterholm, M; Maiers, M
2005-01-01
This report presents serologic equivalents of human leucocyte antigen (HLA)-A, -B, -C, -DRB1, -DRB3, -DRB4, -DRB5 and -DQB1 alleles. The dictionary is an update of the one published in 2001. The data summarize equivalents obtained by the World Health Organization Nomenclature Committee for factors of the HLA System, the International Cell Exchange, the National Marrow Donor Program, recent publications and individual laboratories. This latest update of the dictionary is enhanced by the inclusion of results from studies performed during the 13th International Histocompatibility Workshop and from neural network analyses. A summary of the data as recommended serologic equivalents is presented as expert assigned types. The tables include remarks for alleles, which are or may be expressed as antigens with serologic reaction patterns that differ from the well-established HLA specificities. The equivalents provided will be useful in guiding searches for unrelated hematopoietic stem cell donors in which patients and/or potential donors are typed by either serology or DNA-based methods. The serological DNA equivalent dictionary will also aid in typing and matching procedures for organ transplant programs whose waiting lists of potential donors and recipients comprise of mixtures of serologic and DNA-based typings. The tables with HLA equivalents and a questionnaire for submission of serologic reaction patterns for poorly identified allelic products will be made available through the WMDA web page: www.worldmarrow.org. and in the near future also in a searchable form on the IMGT/HLA database.
Schreuder, G M Th; Hurley, C K; Marsh, S G E; Lau, M; Fernandez-Vina, M; Noreen, H J; Setterholm, M; Maiers, M
2005-02-01
This report presents serological equivalents of HLA-A, -B, -C, -DRB1, -DRB3, -DRB4, -DRB5 and -DQB1 alleles. The dictionary is an update of that published in 2001. The data summarize equivalents obtained by the World Health Organization Nomenclature Committee for Factors of the HLA System, the International Cell Exchange (UCLA), the National Marrow Donor Program (NMDP), recent publications and individual laboratories. This latest update of the dictionary is enhanced by the inclusion of results from studies performed during the 13th International Histocompatibility Workshop and from neural network analyses. A summary of the data as recommended serological equivalents is presented as expert assigned types. The tables include remarks for alleles, which are or may be expressed as antigens with serological reaction patterns that differ from the well-established HLA specificities. The equivalents provided will be useful in guiding searches for unrelated haematopoietic stem cell donors in which patients and/or potential donors are typed by either serology or DNA-based methods. The serological DNA equivalent dictionary will also aid in typing and matching procedures for organ transplant programmes whose waiting lists of potential donors and recipients comprise mixtures of serological and DNA-based typings. The tables with HLA equivalents and a questionnaire for submission of serological reaction patterns for poorly identified allelic products will be made available through the WMDA web page (http://www.worldmarrow.org) and, in the near future, also in a searchable form on the IMGT/HLA database.
The equivalent depth of burst for impact cratering
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Holsapple, K. A.
1980-01-01
The concept of modeling an impact cratering event with an explosive event with the explosive buried at some equivalent depth of burst (d.o.b.) is discussed. Various and different ways to define this equivalent d.o.b. are identified. Recent experimental results for a dense quartz sand are used to determine the equivalent d.o.b. for various conditions of charge type, event size, and impact conditions. The results show a decrease in equivalent d.o.b. with increasing energy for fixed impact velocity and a decrease in equivalent d.o.b. with increasing velocity for fixed energy. The values for an iron projectile are on the order of 2-3 projectile radii for energy equal to one ton of TNT, decreasing to about 1.5 radii at a megaton of TNT. The dependence on projectile and target mass density matches that included in common jet-penetration formulas for projectile densities greater than target densities and for the higher energies.
λ (Δim) -statistical convergence of order α
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Colak, Rifat; Et, Mikail; Altin, Yavuz
2017-09-01
In this study, using the generalized difference operator Δim and a sequence λ = (λn) which is a non-decreasing sequence of positive numbers tending to ∞ such that λn+1 ≤ λn+1, λ1 = 1, we introduce the concepts of λ (Δim) -statistical convergence of order α (α ∈ (0, 1]) and strong λ (Δim) -Cesàro summablility of order α (α > 0). We establish some connections between λ (Δim) -statistical convergence of order α and strong λ (Δim) -Cesàro summablility of order α. It is shown that if a sequence is strongly λ (Δim) -Cesàro summable of order α, then it is λ (Δim) -statistically convergent of order β in case 0 < α ≤ β ≤ 1.
Do scale-invariant fluctuations imply the breaking of de Sitter invariance?
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Youssef, A.
2013-01-01
The quantization of the massless minimally coupled (mmc) scalar field in de Sitter spacetime is known to be a non-trivial problem due to the appearance of strong infrared (IR) effects. In particular, the scale-invariance of the CMB power-spectrum - certainly one of the most successful predictions of modern cosmology - is widely believed to be inconsistent with a de Sitter invariant mmc two-point function. Using a Cesaro-summability technique to properly define an otherwise divergent Fourier transform, we show in this Letter that de Sitter symmetry breaking is not a necessary consequence of the scale-invariant fluctuation spectrum. We also generalize our result to the tachyonic scalar fields, i.e. the discrete series of representations of the de Sitter group, that suffer from similar strong IR effects.
The 1/ N Expansion of Tensor Models Beyond Perturbation Theory
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Gurau, Razvan
2014-09-01
We analyze in full mathematical rigor the most general quartically perturbed invariant probability measure for a random tensor. Using a version of the Loop Vertex Expansion (which we call the mixed expansion) we show that the cumulants write as explicit series in 1/ N plus bounded rest terms. The mixed expansion recasts the problem of determining the subleading corrections in 1/ N into a simple combinatorial problem of counting trees decorated by a finite number of loop edges. As an aside, we use the mixed expansion to show that the (divergent) perturbative expansion of the tensor models is Borel summable and to prove that the cumulants respect an uniform scaling bound. In particular the quartically perturbed measures fall, in the N→ ∞ limit, in the universality class of Gaussian tensor models.
Equivalence-Equivalence: Matching Stimuli with Same Discriminative Functions
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Carpentier, Franck; Smeets, Paul M.; Barnes-Holmes, Dermot
2004-01-01
Previous studies have shown that after being trained on A-B and A-C match-to-sample tasks, adults match not only same-class B and C stimuli (equivalence) but also BC compounds with same-class elements and with different-class elements (BC-BC). The assumption was that the BC-BC performances are based on matching equivalence and nonequivalence…
Triple ionization chamber method for clinical dose monitoring with a Be-covered Li BNCT field.
Nguyen, Thanh Tat; Kajimoto, Tsuyoshi; Tanaka, Kenichi; Nguyen, Chien Cong; Endo, Satoru
2016-11-01
Fast neutron, gamma-ray, and boron doses have different relative biological effectiveness (RBE). In boron neutron capture therapy (BNCT), the clinical dose is the total of these dose components multiplied by their RBE. Clinical dose monitoring is necessary for quality assurance of the irradiation profile; therefore, the fast neutron, gamma-ray, and boron doses should be separately monitored. To estimate these doses separately, and to monitor the boron dose without monitoring the thermal neutron fluence, the authors propose a triple ionization chamber method using graphite-walled carbon dioxide gas (C-CO 2 ), tissue-equivalent plastic-walled tissue-equivalent gas (TE-TE), and boron-loaded tissue-equivalent plastic-walled tissue-equivalent gas [TE(B)-TE] chambers. To use this method for dose monitoring for a neutron and gamma-ray field moderated by D 2 O from a Be-covered Li target (Be-covered Li BNCT field), the relative sensitivities of these ionization chambers are required. The relative sensitivities of the TE-TE, C-CO 2 , and TE(B)-TE chambers to fast neutron, gamma-ray, and boron doses are calculated with the particle and heavy-ion transport code system (PHITS). The relative sensitivity of the TE(B)-TE chamber is calculated with the same method as for the TE-TE and C-CO 2 chambers in the paired chamber method. In the Be-covered Li BNCT field, the relative sensitivities of the ionization chambers to fast neutron, gamma-ray, and boron doses are calculated from the kerma ratios, mass attenuation coefficient tissue-to-wall ratios, and W-values. The Be-covered Li BNCT field consists of neutrons and gamma-rays which are emitted from a Be-covered Li target, and this resultant field is simulated by using PHITS with the cross section library of ENDF-VII. The kerma ratios and mass attenuation coefficient tissue-to-wall ratios are determined from the energy spectra of neutrons and gamma-rays in the Be-covered Li BNCT field. The W-value is calculated from recoil charged particle spectra by the collision of neutrons and gamma-rays with the wall and gas materials of the ionization chambers in the gas cavities of TE-TE, C-CO 2 , and TE(B)-TE chambers ( 10 B concentrations of 10, 50, and 100 ppm in the TE-wall). The calculated relative sensitivity of the C-CO 2 chamber to the fast neutron dose in the Be-covered Li BNCT field is 0.029, and those of the TE-TE and TE(B)-TE chambers are both equal to 0.965. The relative sensitivities of the C-CO 2 , TE-TE, and TE(B)-TE chambers to the gamma-ray dose in the Be-covered Li BNCT field are all 1 within the 1% calculation uncertainty. The relative sensitivities of TE(B)-TE to boron dose with concentrations of 10, 50, and 100 ppm 10 B are calculated to be 0.865 times the ratio of the in-tumor to in-chamber wall boron concentration. The fast neutron, gamma-ray, and boron doses of a tumor in-air can be separately monitored by the triple ionization chamber method in the Be-covered Li BNCT field. The results show that these doses can be easily converted to the clinical dose with the depth correction factor in the body and the RBE.
[Comparison of the quick Gram stain method to the B&M modified and favor methods].
Osawa, Kayo; Kataoka, Nobumasa; Maruo, Toshio
2011-01-01
The Gram stain is an established method for bacterial identification, but the time needed to carry out this stain is 2-3 min. We attempted to shorten this time and stained a total of 70 clinical specimens isolated from using the Bartholomew & Mittwer (B&M) modified or Favor methods with a 3 s duration for washing and staining steps. Results were plotted and analyzed using a Hue Saturation Intensity (HSI) model. The range based on a plot of the two methods with the HSI model was presented as a reference interval. Our results indicated that 100% (35/35) of strains were Gram positive and 97.1% (34/35) were Gram negative for the quick B&M modified method. In the quick Favor method, 80.0% (28/35) were Gram positive and 68.6% (24/35) of strains were Gram negative. We propose that the quick B&M modified method is equivalent to the standard Gram staining method and is superior to the quick Favor method.
Fruit and vegetable intake of U.S. adults by two methods: What We Eat in America, NHANES 2009-2012
USDA-ARS?s Scientific Manuscript database
Estimates of fruit and vegetable (FV) consumption vary depending on how intake is defined and the research purpose. Two methods used by researchers to evaluate intake include epidemiological (EPI), which considers all FV defined as cup equivalents (CE) after disaggregating foods and beverages, and b...
21 CFR 133.188 - Semisoft part-skim cheeses.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-04-01
... lactic-acid-producing bacteria or other harmless flavor-producing bacteria, present in such milk or added... the methods set forth in § 133.5 (a), (b), and (d). If the milk used is not pasteurized, the cheese so... phenol equivalent of more than 5 micrograms when tested by the method prescribed in § 133.5(c). (d...
21 CFR 133.188 - Semisoft part-skim cheeses.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR
2013-04-01
... lactic-acid-producing bacteria or other harmless flavor-producing bacteria, present in such milk or added... the methods set forth in § 133.5 (a), (b), and (d). If the milk used is not pasteurized, the cheese so... phenol equivalent of more than 5 micrograms when tested by the method prescribed in § 133.5(c). (d...
21 CFR 133.188 - Semisoft part-skim cheeses.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-04-01
... lactic-acid-producing bacteria or other harmless flavor-producing bacteria, present in such milk or added... the methods set forth in § 133.5 (a), (b), and (d). If the milk used is not pasteurized, the cheese so... phenol equivalent of more than 5 micrograms when tested by the method prescribed in § 133.5(c). (d...
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Ahmedov, Anvarjon; Materneh, Ehab; Zainuddin, Hishamuddin
2017-09-01
The relevance of waves in quantum mechanics naturally implies that the decomposition of arbitrary wave packets in terms of monochromatic waves plays an important role in applications of the theory. When eigenfunction expansions does not converge, then the expansions of the functions with certain smoothness should be considered. Such functions gained prominence primarily through their application in quantum mechanics. In this work we study the almost everywhere convergence of the eigenfunction expansions from Liouville classes L_p^α ({T^N}), related to the self-adjoint extension of the Laplace operator in torus TN . The sufficient conditions for summability is obtained using the modified Poisson formula. Isomorphism properties of the elliptic differential operators is applied in order to obtain estimation for the Fourier series of the functions from the classes of Liouville L_p^α .
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Periwal, V.
1988-01-01
The author proves that bosonic string perturbation theory diverges and is not Borel summable. This is an indication of a non-perturbative instability of the bosonic string vacuum. He formulates two-dimensional sigma models in terms of algebras of functions. He extends this formulation to general C* algebras. He illustrates the utility of these algebraic notions by calculating some determinants of interest in the study of string propagation in orbifold backgrounds. He studies the geometry of spaces of field theories and show that the vanishing of the curvature of the natural Gel'fand-Naimark-Segal metric on such spaces is exactly the strong associativity conditionmore » of the operator product expansion.He shows that string scattering amplitudes arise as invariants of renormalization, when he formulates renormalization in terms of rescalings of the metric on the string world-sheet.« less
Image restoration consequences of the lack of a two variable fundamental theorem of algebra
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Kreznar, J. E.
1977-01-01
It has been shown that, at least for one pair of otherwise attractive spaces of images and operators, singular convolution operators do not necessarily have nonsingular neighbors. This result is a nuisance in image restoration. It is suggested that this difficulty might be overcome if the following three conditions are satisfied: (1) a weaker constraint than absolute summability can be identified for useful operators: (2) if the z-transform of an operator has at most a finite number of zeros on the unit torus, then the inverse z-transform formula yields an inverse operator meeting the weaker constraint: and (3) operators whose z-transforms are zero in a set of real, closed curves on the unit torus have neighbors which are zero in only a finite set of points on the unit torus.
29 CFR 825.215 - Equivalent position.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-07-01
... 29 Labor 3 2012-07-01 2012-07-01 false Equivalent position. 825.215 Section 825.215 Labor....215 Equivalent position. (a) Equivalent position. An equivalent position is one that is virtually... responsibilities, which must entail substantially equivalent skill, effort, responsibility, and authority. (b...
29 CFR 825.215 - Equivalent position.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-07-01
... 29 Labor 3 2011-07-01 2011-07-01 false Equivalent position. 825.215 Section 825.215 Labor....215 Equivalent position. (a) Equivalent position. An equivalent position is one that is virtually... responsibilities, which must entail substantially equivalent skill, effort, responsibility, and authority. (b...
29 CFR 825.215 - Equivalent position.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-07-01
... 29 Labor 3 2014-07-01 2014-07-01 false Equivalent position. 825.215 Section 825.215 Labor....215 Equivalent position. (a) Equivalent position. An equivalent position is one that is virtually... responsibilities, which must entail substantially equivalent skill, effort, responsibility, and authority. (b...
29 CFR 825.215 - Equivalent position.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR
2013-07-01
... 29 Labor 3 2013-07-01 2013-07-01 false Equivalent position. 825.215 Section 825.215 Labor....215 Equivalent position. (a) Equivalent position. An equivalent position is one that is virtually... responsibilities, which must entail substantially equivalent skill, effort, responsibility, and authority. (b...
29 CFR 825.215 - Equivalent position.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-07-01
... 29 Labor 3 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Equivalent position. 825.215 Section 825.215 Labor....215 Equivalent position. (a) Equivalent position. An equivalent position is one that is virtually... responsibilities, which must entail substantially equivalent skill, effort, responsibility, and authority. (b...
Analysis of fish bile with HPLC — fluorescence to determine environmental exposure to benzo(a)pyrene
Johnston, Eric P.; Baumann, Paul C.
1989-01-01
Brown bullhead from the Black River, Ohio, have a high incidence of liver neoplasia which is associated with elevated concentrations of polynuclear aromatic hydrocarbons (PAHs) in the sediment. We evaluated the use of biliary concentrations of benzo(a)pyrene [B(a)P] equivalents as a means for determining PAH exposure. Bile was collected from 16 brown bullheads and 8 common carp taken from each of two Lake Erie tributaries in Ohio, the industrialized Black River and the non-industrialized Old Woman Creek. Hatchery bullhead (n = 8) were used to determine base levels of PAHs. A high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) — fluorescence technique was used to determine the concentration of B(a)P equivalents in the bile samples. The area of all peaks fluorescing at 380/430 nm was summed to give a single value for B(a)P equivalents in each sample. Concentrations of B(a)P equivalents generally reflected concentrations of PAH in sediment where fish were collected. Bile taken from Black River carp contained the highest concentration of B(a)P equivalents and was significantly different from all other groups. The value obtained for Black River bullhead was also high and was found to be significantly different from hatchery bullhead. B(a)P equivalents varied between carp and bullhead from the same habitat possibly because of differing food habits or metabolic pathways. However, our results indicate that relative levels of B(a)P equivalents in the bile of fish correspond well to B(a)P levels in sediment and may offer a means of determining environmental exposure of fish to the parent compound.
40 CFR 60.244 - Test methods and procedures.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-07-01
... (dscf/hr). N=number of emission points in the affected facility. P=equivalent P2O5 stored, metric tons (tons). K=conversion factor, 1000 mg/g (7,000 gr/lb). (2) Method 13A or 13B shall be used to determine... product in storage, weight fraction. (i) The accountability system of § 60.243(a) shall be used to...
40 CFR 60.244 - Test methods and procedures.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR
2013-07-01
... (dscf/hr). N=number of emission points in the affected facility. P=equivalent P2O5 stored, metric tons (tons). K=conversion factor, 1000 mg/g (7,000 gr/lb). (2) Method 13A or 13B shall be used to determine... product in storage, weight fraction. (i) The accountability system of § 60.243(a) shall be used to...
40 CFR 60.244 - Test methods and procedures.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-07-01
.../hr (dscf/hr). N=number of emission points in the affected facility. P=equivalent P2O5 stored, metric tons (tons). K=conversion factor, 1000 mg/g (7,000 gr/lb). (2) Method 13A or 13B shall be used to... content of product in storage, weight fraction. (i) The accountability system of § 60.243(a) shall be used...
45 CFR 2400.43 - Required courses of graduate study.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-10-01
... § 2400.43(b) must amount to at least 12 semester or 18 quarter hours or their credit hour equivalent of... credit hour equivalent of such study is strongly encouraged. (b) The courses that fulfill the required minimum of 12 semester hours or their credit hour equivalent of study of the United States Constitution...
45 CFR 2400.43 - Required courses of graduate study.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-10-01
... § 2400.43(b) must amount to at least 12 semester or 18 quarter hours or their credit hour equivalent of... credit hour equivalent of such study is strongly encouraged. (b) The courses that fulfill the required minimum of 12 semester hours or their credit hour equivalent of study of the United States Constitution...
45 CFR 2400.43 - Required courses of graduate study.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR
2013-10-01
... § 2400.43(b) must amount to at least 12 semester or 18 quarter hours or their credit hour equivalent of... credit hour equivalent of such study is strongly encouraged. (b) The courses that fulfill the required minimum of 12 semester hours or their credit hour equivalent of study of the United States Constitution...
5 CFR 302.304 - Order of consideration.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-01-01
... her right of appeal to the Merit Systems Protection Board. (b) Consideration of other candidates... eligible ratings for professional and scientific positions at the GS-9 level and above, or equivalent, in... of the following orders: (i) By preference status. Under this method, preference eligibles having a...
32 CFR 199.14 - Provider reimbursement methods.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-07-01
... for neonatal services which has standardized costs that exceed a threshold of the greater of two times... CHAMPUS discharges in fiscal year 1988. (iv) Hold harmless provision. At such time as the weights... direct medical education costs. (x) Total full-time equivalents for: (A) Residents. (B) Interns. (xi...
32 CFR 199.14 - Provider reimbursement methods.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR
2013-07-01
... for neonatal services which has standardized costs that exceed a threshold of the greater of two times... CHAMPUS discharges in fiscal year 1988. (iv) Hold harmless provision. At such time as the weights... direct medical education costs. (x) Total full-time equivalents for: (A) Residents. (B) Interns. (xi...
Crossed Module Bundle Gerbes; Classification, String Group and Differential Geometry
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Jurčo, Branislav
We discuss nonabelian bundle gerbes and their differential geometry using simplicial methods. Associated to any crossed module there is a simplicial group NC, the nerve of the 1-category defined by the crossed module and its geometric realization |NC|. Equivalence classes of principal bundles with structure group |NC| are shown to be one-to-one with stable equivalence classes of what we call crossed module gerbes bundle gerbes. We can also associate to a crossed module a 2-category C'. Then there are two equivalent ways how to view classifying spaces of NC-bundles and hence of |NC|-bundles and crossed module bundle gerbes. We can either apply the W-construction to NC or take the nerve of the 2-category C'. We discuss the string group and string structures from this point of view. Also a simplicial principal bundle can be equipped with a simplicial connection and a B-field. It is shown how in the case of a simplicial principal NC-bundle these simplicial objects give the bundle gerbe connection and the bundle gerbe B-field.
78 FR 217 - Shared Responsibility for Employers Regarding Health Coverage
Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014
2013-01-02
..., incapacity (including disability), layoff, jury duty, military duty or leave of absence (29 CFR 2530.200b-2(a... made or due for vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity (including disability), layoff, jury duty...), layoff, jury duty, military duty or leave of absence; (2) using a days-worked equivalency method whereby...
32 CFR 199.14 - Provider reimbursement methods.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-07-01
... services which has standardized costs that exceed a threshold of the greater of two times the DRG-based... fiscal year 1988. (iv) Hold harmless provision. At such time as the weights initially assigned to... direct medical education costs. (x) Total full-time equivalents for: (A) Residents. (B) Interns. (xi...
32 CFR 199.14 - Provider reimbursement methods.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-07-01
... services which has standardized costs that exceed a threshold of the greater of two times the DRG-based... fiscal year 1988. (iv) Hold harmless provision. At such time as the weights initially assigned to... direct medical education costs. (x) Total full-time equivalents for: (A) Residents. (B) Interns. (xi...
32 CFR 199.14 - Provider reimbursement methods.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-07-01
... services which has standardized costs that exceed a threshold of the greater of two times the DRG-based... fiscal year 1988. (iv) Hold harmless provision. At such time as the weights initially assigned to... direct medical education costs. (x) Total full-time equivalents for: (A) Residents. (B) Interns. (xi...
40 CFR 419.11 - Specialized definitions.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-07-01
... methods of analysis set forth in part 401 of this chapter shall apply to this subpart. (b) The term runoff shall mean the flow of storm water resulting from precipitation coming into contact with petroleum... equivalent to 42 gallons). (g) The term contaminated runoff shall mean runoff which comes into contact with...
Entanglement-assisted transformation is asymptotically equivalent to multiple-copy transformation
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Duan Runyao; Feng Yuan; Ying Mingsheng
2005-08-15
We show that two ways of manipulating quantum entanglement - namely, entanglement-assisted local transformation [D. Jonathan and M. B. Plenio, Phys. Rev. Lett. 83, 3566 (1999)] and multiple-copy transformation [S. Bandyopadhyay, V. Roychowdhury, and U. Sen, Phys. Rev. A 65, 052315 (2002)]--are equivalent in the sense that they can asymptotically simulate each other's ability to implement a desired transformation from a given source state to another given target state with the same optimal success probability. As a consequence, this yields a feasible method to evaluate the optimal conversion probability of an entanglement-assisted transformation.
Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014
2012-10-05
... Methods: Designation of Three New Equivalent Methods AGENCY: Environmental Protection Agency. ACTION: Notice of the designation of three new equivalent methods for monitoring ambient air quality. SUMMARY... equivalent methods, one for measuring concentrations of PM 2.5 , one for measuring concentrations of PM 10...
Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014
2013-11-12
... Methods: Designation of Five New Equivalent Methods AGENCY: Office of Research and Development; Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). ACTION: Notice of the designation of five new equivalent methods for...) has designated, in accordance with 40 CFR Part 53, five new equivalent methods, one for measuring...
26 CFR 1.401(a)(4)-11 - Additional rules.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-04-01
... regard to the one officer rule of section 414(q)(5)(B)) who are being credited with pre-participation... the vesting schedules in section 411(a)(2) (A) and (B) are treated as equivalent to one another, and... 416(b)(1) (A) and (B) are treated as equivalent to one another. (3) Safe harbor for vesting schedules...
26 CFR 1.401(a)(4)-11 - Additional rules.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-04-01
... regard to the one officer rule of section 414(q)(5)(B)) who are being credited with pre-participation... the vesting schedules in section 411(a)(2) (A) and (B) are treated as equivalent to one another, and... 416(b)(1) (A) and (B) are treated as equivalent to one another. (3) Safe harbor for vesting schedules...
26 CFR 1.401(a)(4)-11 - Additional rules.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-04-01
... regard to the one officer rule of section 414(q)(5)(B)) who are being credited with pre-participation... the vesting schedules in section 411(a)(2) (A) and (B) are treated as equivalent to one another, and... 416(b)(1) (A) and (B) are treated as equivalent to one another. (3) Safe harbor for vesting schedules...
26 CFR 1.401(a)(4)-11 - Additional rules.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-04-01
... regard to the one officer rule of section 414(q)(5)(B)) who are being credited with pre-participation... the vesting schedules in section 411(a)(2) (A) and (B) are treated as equivalent to one another, and... 416(b)(1) (A) and (B) are treated as equivalent to one another. (3) Safe harbor for vesting schedules...
26 CFR 1.401(a)(4)-11 - Additional rules.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR
2013-04-01
... regard to the one officer rule of section 414(q)(5)(B)) who are being credited with pre-participation... the vesting schedules in section 411(a)(2) (A) and (B) are treated as equivalent to one another, and... 416(b)(1) (A) and (B) are treated as equivalent to one another. (3) Safe harbor for vesting schedules...
Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014
2012-09-11
... Methods: Designation of a New Equivalent Method AGENCY: Environmental Protection Agency. ACTION: Notice of the designation of a new equivalent method for monitoring ambient air quality. SUMMARY: Notice is... part 53, a new equivalent method for measuring concentrations of PM 2.5 in the ambient air. FOR FURTHER...
Sayer, R. D.; Speaker, K. J.; Pan, Z.; Peters, J. C.; Wyatt, H. R.
2017-01-01
Summary Objective The objective of this randomized equivalence trial was to determine the impact of consuming lean beef as part of a high protein (HP) weight‐reducing diet on changes in body weight, body composition and cardiometabolic health. Methods A total of 120 adults (99 female) with overweight or obesity (BMI: 35.7 ± 7.0 kg m−2) were randomly assigned to consume either a HP diet with ≥4 weekly servings of lean beef (B; n = 60) or a HP diet restricted in all red meats (NB; n = 60) during a 16‐week weight loss intervention. Results Body weight was reduced by 7.8 ± 5.9% in B and 7.7 ± 5.5% in NB (p < 0.01 for both). Changes in percent body weight were equivalent between B and NB (mean difference: 0.06%, 90% confidence interval: (−1.7, 1.8)). Fat mass was reduced in both groups (p < 0.01; B: 8.0 ± 0.6 kg, NB: 8.6 ± 0.6 kg), while lean mass was not reduced in either group. Improvements in markers of cardiometabolic health (total cholesterol, low‐density lipoprotein cholesterol, triglycerides and blood pressure) were not different between B and NB. Conclusion Results of this study demonstrate that HP diets – either rich or restricted in red meat intakes – are effective for decreasing body weight and improving body composition and cardiometabolic health. PMID:29071106
The Pathogen Equivalency Committee has updated the criteria it uses to make recommendations of equivalency on innovative or alternative sludge pathogen reduction processes. To assist new applicants through the equivalency recommendation process the pathogen equivalency committee ...
42 CFR 493.1405 - Standard; Laboratory director qualifications.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR
2013-10-01
... Osteopathic Board of Pathology or possess qualifications that are equivalent to those required for such... supervising non-waived laboratory testing; or (B) Beginning September 1, 1993, have at least 20 continuing... defined in § 493.1407; or (C) Laboratory training equivalent to paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(B) of this section...
42 CFR 493.1405 - Standard; Laboratory director qualifications.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-10-01
... Osteopathic Board of Pathology or possess qualifications that are equivalent to those required for such... supervising non-waived laboratory testing; or (B) Beginning September 1, 1993, have at least 20 continuing... defined in § 493.1407; or (C) Laboratory training equivalent to paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(B) of this section...
42 CFR 493.1405 - Standard; Laboratory director qualifications.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-10-01
... Osteopathic Board of Pathology or possess qualifications that are equivalent to those required for such... supervising non-waived laboratory testing; or (B) Beginning September 1, 1993, have at least 20 continuing... defined in § 493.1407; or (C) Laboratory training equivalent to paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(B) of this section...
Development of a Thiolysis HPLC Method for the Analysis of Procyanidins in Cranberry Products.
Gao, Chi; Cunningham, David G; Liu, Haiyan; Khoo, Christina; Gu, Liwei
2018-03-07
The objective of this study was to develop a thiolysis HPLC method to quantify total procyanidins, the ratio of A-type linkages, and A-type procyanidin equivalents in cranberry products. Cysteamine was utilized as a low-odor substitute of toluene-α-thiol for thiolysis depolymerization. A reaction temperature of 70 °C and reaction time of 20 min, in 0.3 M of HCl, were determined to be optimum depolymerization conditions. Thiolytic products of cranberry procyanidins were separated by RP-HPLC and identified using high-resolution mass spectrometry. Standards curves of good linearity were obtained on thiolyzed procyanidin dimer A2 and B2 external standards. The detection and quantification limits, recovery, and precision of this method were validated. The new method was applied to quantitate total procyanidins, average degree of polymerization, ratio of A-type linkages, and A-type procyanidin equivalents in cranberry products. Results showed that the method was suitable for quantitative and qualitative analysis of procyanidins in cranberry products.
A study of short test and charge retention test methods for nickel-cadmium spacecraft cells
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Scott, W. R.
1975-01-01
Methods for testing nickel-cadmium cells for internal shorts and charge retention were studied. Included were (a) open circuit voltage decay after a brief charge, (b) open circuit voltage recovery after shorting, and (c) open circuit voltage decay and capacity loss after a full charge. The investigation included consideration of the effects of prior history, of conditioning cells prior to testing, and of various test method variables on the results of the tests. Sensitivity of the tests was calibrated in terms of equivalent external resistance. The results were correlated. It was shown that a large number of variables may affect the results of these tests. It is concluded that the voltage decay after a brief charge and the voltage recovery methods are more sensitive than the charged stand method, and can detect an internal short equivalent to a resistance of about (10,000/C)ohms where "C' is the numerical value of the capacity of the cell in ampere hours.
Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014
2010-08-03
... Monitoring Reference and Equivalent Methods: Designation of One New Equivalent Method AGENCY: Environmental Protection Agency. ACTION: Notice of the designation of one new equivalent method for monitoring ambient air... accordance with 40 CFR part 53, one new equivalent method for measuring concentrations of lead (Pb) in total...
Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014
2011-10-07
... Monitoring Reference and Equivalent Methods; Designation of One New Equivalent Method AGENCY: Environmental Protection Agency. ACTION: Notice of the designation of one new equivalent method for monitoring ambient air... accordance with 40 CFR Part 53, one new equivalent method for measuring concentrations of ozone (O 3 ) in the...
Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014
2010-08-18
... Monitoring Reference and Equivalent Methods: Designation of Two New Equivalent Methods AGENCY: Environmental Protection Agency. ACTION: Notice of the designation of two new equivalent methods for monitoring ambient air... accordance with 40 CFR Part 53, two new equivalent methods for measuring concentrations of PM 10 and sulfur...
Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014
2010-04-27
... Monitoring Reference and Equivalent Methods: Designation of One New Equivalent Method AGENCY: Environmental Protection Agency. ACTION: Notice of the designation of one new equivalent method for monitoring ambient air... accordance with 40 CFR Part 53, one new equivalent method for measuring concentrations of ozone (O 3 ) in the...
Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014
2010-05-28
... Monitoring Reference and Equivalent Methods: Designation of One New Equivalent Method AGENCY: Environmental Protection Agency. ACTION: Notice of the designation of one new equivalent method for monitoring ambient air... accordance with 40 CFR Part 53, one new equivalent method for measuring concentrations of lead (Pb) in total...
Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014
2010-03-04
... Monitoring Reference and Equivalent Methods: Designation of One New Equivalent Method AGENCY: Environmental Protection Agency. ACTION: Notice of the designation of one new equivalent method for monitoring ambient air... accordance with 40 CFR part 53, one new equivalent method for measuring concentrations of lead (Pb) in total...
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Mei, Chuh; Dhainaut, Jean-Michel
2000-01-01
The Monte Carlo simulation method in conjunction with the finite element large deflection modal formulation are used to estimate fatigue life of aircraft panels subjected to stationary Gaussian band-limited white-noise excitations. Ten loading cases varying from 106 dB to 160 dB OASPL with bandwidth 1024 Hz are considered. For each load case, response statistics are obtained from an ensemble of 10 response time histories. The finite element nonlinear modal procedure yields time histories, probability density functions (PDF), power spectral densities and higher statistical moments of the maximum deflection and stress/strain. The method of moments of PSD with Dirlik's approach is employed to estimate the panel fatigue life.
A Derived Transfer of Mood Functions through Equivalence Relations
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Barnes-Holmes, Yvonne; Barnes-Holmes, Dermot; Smeets, Paul M.; Luciano, Carmen
2004-01-01
The present study investigated the transfer of induced happy and sad mood functions through equivalence relations. Sixteen subjects participated in a combined equivalence and mood induction procedure. In Phase 1, all subjects were trained in 2 conditional discriminations using a matching-to-sample format (i.e., A1-B1, A2-B2, A1-C1, A2-C2). In…
Nichols, Julia K; O'Reilly, Oliver M
2017-03-01
Biomechanics software programs, such as Visual3D, Nexus, Cortex, and OpenSim, have the capability of generating several distinct component representations for joint moments and forces from motion capture data. These representations include those for orthonormal proximal and distal coordinate systems and a non-orthogonal joint coordinate system. In this article, a method is presented to address the challenging problem of evaluating and verifying the equivalence of these representations. The method accommodates the difficulty that there are two possible sets of non-orthogonal basis vectors that can be used to express a vector in the joint coordinate system and is illuminated using motion capture data from a drop vertical jump task. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
Quantifying greenhouse gas emissions from coal fires using airborne and ground-based methods
Engle, M.A.; Radke, L.F.; Heffern, E.L.; O'Keefe, J.M.K.; Smeltzer, C.D.; Hower, J.C.; Hower, J.M.; Prakash, A.; Kolker, A.; Eatwell, R.J.; ter, Schure A.; Queen, G.; Aggen, K.L.; Stracher, G.B.; Henke, K.R.; Olea, R.A.; Roman-Colon, Y.
2011-01-01
Coal fires occur in all coal-bearing regions of the world and number, conservatively, in the thousands. These fires emit a variety of compounds including greenhouse gases. However, the magnitude of the contribution of combustion gases from coal fires to the environment is highly uncertain, because adequate data and methods for assessing emissions are lacking. This study demonstrates the ability to estimate CO2 and CH4 emissions for the Welch Ranch coal fire, Powder River Basin, Wyoming, USA, using two independent methods: (a) heat flux calculated from aerial thermal infrared imaging (3.7-4.4td-1 of CO2 equivalent emissions) and (b) direct, ground-based measurements (7.3-9.5td-1 of CO2 equivalent emissions). Both approaches offer the potential for conducting inventories of coal fires to assess their gas emissions and to evaluate and prioritize fires for mitigation. ?? 2011.
Quantifying greenhouse gas emissions from coal fires using airborne and ground-based methods
Engle, Mark A.; Radke, Lawrence F.; Heffern, Edward L.; O'Keefe, Jennifer M.K.; Smeltzer, Charles; Hower, James C.; Hower, Judith M.; Prakash, Anupma; Kolker, Allan; Eatwell, Robert J.; ter Schure, Arnout; Queen, Gerald; Aggen, Kerry L.; Stracher, Glenn B.; Henke, Kevin R.; Olea, Ricardo A.; Román-Colón, Yomayara
2011-01-01
Coal fires occur in all coal-bearing regions of the world and number, conservatively, in the thousands. These fires emit a variety of compounds including greenhouse gases. However, the magnitude of the contribution of combustion gases from coal fires to the environment is highly uncertain, because adequate data and methods for assessing emissions are lacking. This study demonstrates the ability to estimate CO2 and CH4 emissions for the Welch Ranch coal fire, Powder River Basin, Wyoming, USA, using two independent methods: (a) heat flux calculated from aerial thermal infrared imaging (3.7–4.4 t d−1 of CO2 equivalent emissions) and (b) direct, ground-based measurements (7.3–9.5 t d−1 of CO2 equivalent emissions). Both approaches offer the potential for conducting inventories of coal fires to assess their gas emissions and to evaluate and prioritize fires for mitigation.
46 CFR 160.076-17 - Approval of design or material changes.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-10-01
... approval before changing PFD production methods. (b) Determinations of equivalence of design, construction... 46 Shipping 6 2010-10-01 2010-10-01 false Approval of design or material changes. 160.076-17... Flotation Devices § 160.076-17 Approval of design or material changes. (a) The manufacturer must submit any...
47 CFR 90.545 - TV/DTV interference protection criteria.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-10-01
... 40 dB at the hypothetical Grade B contour (64 dBµV/m) (88.5 kilometers or 55.0 miles) of the TV station or 17 dB at the equivalent Grade B contour (41 dBµV/m) (88.5 kilometers or 55.0 miles) of the DTV... contour (64 dBµV/m) (88.5 kilometers or 55.0 miles) of the TV station or −23 dB at the equivalent Grade B...
Feeney, M. Patrick; Keefe, Douglas H.; Hunter, Lisa L.; Fitzpatrick, Denis F.; Garinis, Angela C.; Putterman, Daniel B.; McMillan, Garnett P.
2016-01-01
Objectives Wideband acoustic immittance (WAI) measures such as pressure reflectance, parameterized by absorbance and group delay, equivalent admittance at the tympanic membrane (TM), and acoustic stapedius reflex threshold (ASRT) describe middle-ear function across a wide frequency range, compared to traditional tests employing a single frequency. The objective of this study was to obtain normative data using these tests for a group of normal hearing adults and investigate test-retest reliability using a longitudinal design. Design A longitudinal prospective design was used to obtain normative test and retest data on clinical and WAI measures. Subjects were 13 males and 20 females (mean age = 25 y). Inclusion criteria included normal audiometry and clinical immittance. Subjects were tested on two separate visits approximately one month apart. Reflectance and equivalent admittance at the TM were measured from 0.25 to 8.0 kHz under three conditions: at ambient pressure in the ear canal and with pressure sweeps from positive to negative pressure (downswept) and negative to positive pressure (upswept). Equivalent admittance at the TM was calculated using admittance measurements at the probe tip which were adjusted using a model of sound transmission in the ear canal and acoustic estimates of ear-canal area and length. Wideband ASRTs were measured at tympanometric peak pressure (TPP) derived from the average TPP of downswept and upswept tympanograms. Descriptive statistics were obtained for all WAI responses, and wideband and clinical ASRTs were compared. Results Mean absorbance at ambient pressure and TPP demonstrated a broad band-pass pattern typical of previous studies. Test-retest differences were lower for absorbance at TPP for the downswept method compared to ambient pressure at frequencies between 1.0 and 1.26 kHz. Mean tympanometric peak-to-tail differences for absorbance were greatest around 1.0 to 2.0 kHz and similar for positive and negative tails. Mean group delay at ambient pressure and at TPP were greatest between 0.32 and 0.6 kHz at 200 to 300 μs, reduced at frequencies between 0.8 and 1.5 kHz, and increased above 1.5 kHz to around 150 μs. Mean equivalent admittance at the TM had a lower level for the ambient method than at TPP for both sweep directions below 1.2 kHz, but the difference between methods was only statistically significant for the comparison between the ambient method and TPP for the upswept tympanogram. Mean equivalent admittance phase was positive at all frequencies. Test-retest reliability of the equivalent admittance level ranged from 1 to 3 dB at frequencies below 1.0 kHz, but increased to 8 to 9 dB at higher frequencies. The mean wideband ASRT for an ipsilateral broadband noise activator was 12 dB lower than the clinical ASRT, but had poorer reliability. Conclusions Normative data for the WAI test battery revealed minor differences for results at ambient pressure compared to tympanometric methods at TPP for reflectance, group delay, and equivalent admittance level at the TM for subjects with middle-ear pressure within ±100 daPa. Test-retest reliability was better for absorbance at TPP for the downswept tympanogram compared to ambient pressure at frequencies around 1.0 kHz. Large peak-to-tail differences in absorbance combined with good reliability at frequencies between about 0.7 and 3.0 kHz suggest that this may be a sensitive frequency range for interpreting absorbance at TPP. The mean wideband ipsilateral ASRT was lower than the clinical ASRT, consistent with previous studies. Results are promising for the use of a wideband test battery to evaluate middle-ear function. PMID:28045835
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Yang, Kai; Burkett, George, Jr.; Boone, John M.
2014-11-01
The purpose of this research was to develop a method to correct the cupping artifact caused from x-ray scattering and to achieve consistent Hounsfield Unit (HU) values of breast tissues for a dedicated breast CT (bCT) system. The use of a beam passing array (BPA) composed of parallel-holes has been previously proposed for scatter correction in various imaging applications. In this study, we first verified the efficacy and accuracy using BPA to measure the scatter signal on a cone-beam bCT system. A systematic scatter correction approach was then developed by modeling the scatter-to-primary ratio (SPR) in projection images acquired with and without BPA. To quantitatively evaluate the improved accuracy of HU values, different breast tissue-equivalent phantoms were scanned and radially averaged HU profiles through reconstructed planes were evaluated. The dependency of the correction method on object size and number of projections was studied. A simplified application of the proposed method on five clinical patient scans was performed to demonstrate efficacy. For the typical 10-18 cm breast diameters seen in the bCT application, the proposed method can effectively correct for the cupping artifact and reduce the variation of HU values of breast equivalent material from 150 to 40 HU. The measured HU values of 100% glandular tissue, 50/50 glandular/adipose tissue, and 100% adipose tissue were approximately 46, -35, and -94, respectively. It was found that only six BPA projections were necessary to accurately implement this method, and the additional dose requirement is less than 1% of the exam dose. The proposed method can effectively correct for the cupping artifact caused from x-ray scattering and retain consistent HU values of breast tissues.
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Williams, A.; McCormick, R.; Luecke, J.
2011-04-01
An accelerated durability test method determined the potential impact of biodiesel ash impurities, including engine testing with multiple diesel particulate filter substrate types, as well as diesel oxidation catalyst and selective catalyst reduction catalysts. The results showed no significant degradation in the thermo-mechanical properties of a DPF after exposure to 150,000-mile equivalent biodiesel ash and thermal aging. However, exposure to 435,000-mile equivalent aging resulted in a 69% decrease in thermal shock resistance. A decrease in DOC activity was seen after exposure to 150,000-mile equivalent aging, resulting in higher hydrocarbon slip and a reduction in NO2 formation. The SCR catalyst experiencedmore » a slight loss in activity after exposure to 435,000-mile equivalent aging. The SCR catalyst, placed downstream of the DPF and exposed to B20 exhaust suffered a 5% reduction in overall NOx conversion activity over the HDDT test cycle. It is estimated that the additional ash from 150,000 miles of biodiesel use would also result in a moderate increases in exhaust backpressure for a DPF. The results of this study suggest that long-term operation with B20 at the current specification limits for alkali and alkaline earth metal impurities will adversely impact the performance of DOC, DPF and SCR systems.« less
40 CFR Table 6 to Subpart Ddddd of... - Fuel Analysis Requirements
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-07-01
... D6323-98 (2003) (for biomass) (IBR, See § 63.14(b)) or equivalent. b. Composite fuel samples... D5198-92 (2003) (for biomass) (IBR, see § 63.14(b)) or equivalent. d. Determine heat content of the fuel type * * * ASTM D5865-04 (for coal) (IBR, see § 63.24(b)) or ASTM E711-87 (for biomass) (IBR, see § 63...
Laser Setup for Volume Diffractive Optical Elements Recording in Photo-Thermo-Refractive Glass
2016-04-14
Total Number: PERCENT_SUPPORTEDNAME FTE Equivalent: Total Number: PERCENT_SUPPORTEDNAME FTE Equivalent: Total Number: Sub Contractors (DD882) Names of...3 1b 2 3 a b Fig. 14. Schematic of a DBR (a) and DFB (b) lasers in Yb doped PTR glass. 1a and 1b – dichroic beam splitters with HR at 1066 nm and HT
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-01-01
... equivalent employee; (iii) Chief Administrative Officer or an equivalent employee; (iv) Chief Risk Officer or an equivalent employee; (v) Asset and Liability Management officer, or an equivalent employee; (vi...), plus the amount paid-in for the Bank's Class B stock. Risk-based capital requirement means any capital...
5 CFR 630.1208 - Protection of employment and benefits.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-01-01
... equivalent position with equivalent benefits, pay, status, and other terms and conditions of employment. (b) For the purpose of applying paragraph (a)(2) of this section, an equivalent position must be in the... duties and responsibilities, which must entail substantially equivalent skill, effort, responsibility...
5 CFR 630.1208 - Protection of employment and benefits.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-01-01
... equivalent position with equivalent benefits, pay, status, and other terms and conditions of employment. (b) For the purpose of applying paragraph (a)(2) of this section, an equivalent position must be in the... duties and responsibilities, which must entail substantially equivalent skill, effort, responsibility...
5 CFR 630.1210 - Protection of employment and benefits.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR
2013-01-01
... equivalent position with equivalent benefits, pay, status, and other terms and conditions of employment. (b) For the purpose of applying paragraph (a)(2) of this section, an equivalent position must be in the... duties and responsibilities, which must entail substantially equivalent skill, effort, responsibility...
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
de la Rosa, R.; Gandarias, M. L.; Bruzón, M. S.
2016-11-01
In this paper we study the generalized variable-coefficient Gardner equations of the form ut + A(t) unux + C(t) u2nux + B(t) uxxx + Q(t) u = 0 . This class broadens out many other equations previously considered: Johnpillai and Khalique (2010), Molati and Ramollo (2012) and Vaneeva et al. (2015). The use of the equivalence group of this class allows us to perform an exhaustive study and a simple and clear formulation of the results. Some conservation laws are derived for the nonlinearly self-adjoint equations by using a general theorem on conservation laws. We also construct conservation laws by applying the multipliers method.
Analysis and Design of ITER 1 MV Core Snubber
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Wang, Haitian; Li, Ge
2012-11-01
The core snubber, as a passive protection device, can suppress arc current and absorb stored energy in stray capacitance during the electrical breakdown in accelerating electrodes of ITER NBI. In order to design the core snubber of ITER, the control parameters of the arc peak current have been firstly analyzed by the Fink-Baker-Owren (FBO) method, which are used for designing the DIIID 100 kV snubber. The B-H curve can be derived from the measured voltage and current waveforms, and the hysteresis loss of the core snubber can be derived using the revised parallelogram method. The core snubber can be a simplified representation as an equivalent parallel resistance and inductance, which has been neglected by the FBO method. A simulation code including the parallel equivalent resistance and inductance has been set up. The simulation and experiments result in dramatically large arc shorting currents due to the parallel inductance effect. The case shows that the core snubber utilizing the FBO method gives more compact design.
Amran, Norliyana; Rani, Anis Najwa Abdul; Mahmud, Roziahanim; Yin, Khoo Boon
2016-01-01
Background: The fruits of Barringtonia racemosa and Hibiscus sabdariffa have been used in the treatment of abscess, ulcer, cough, asthma, and diarrhea as traditional remedy. Objective: This study aims to evaluate cytotoxic effect of B. racemosa and H. sabdariffa methanol fruit extracts toward human breast cancer cell lines (MCF-7) and its antioxidant activities. Materials and Methods: Total antioxidant activities of extracts were assayed using 2,2′-diphenyl-1-picrylhydrazyl radical (DPPH) and β-carotene bleaching assay. Content of phytochemicals, total flavonoid content (TFC), and total phenolic content (TPC) were determined using aluminum chloride colorimetric method and Folin–Ciocalteu's reagent, respectively. Cytotoxic activity in vitro was investigated through 3-(4, 5-dimethylthiazol-2-yl)-2, 5-diphenyl tetrazolium bromide (MTT) assay. Results: B. racemosa extract exhibited high antioxidant activities compared to H. sabdariffa methanol fruit extracts in DPPH radical scavenging assay (inhibitory concentration [IC50] 15.26 ± 1.25 μg/mL) and ί-carotene bleaching assay (I% 98.13 ± 1.83%). B. racemosa also showed higher TPC (14.70 ± 1.05 mg gallic acid equivalents [GAE]/g) and TFC (130 ± 1.18 mg quercetin equivalents [QE]/g) compared to H. sabdariffa (3.80 ± 2.13 mg GAE/g and 40.75 ± 1.15 mg QE/g, respectively). In MTT assay, B. racemosa extract also showed a higher cytotoxic activity (IC50 57.61 ± 2.24 μg/mL) compared to H. sabdariffa. Conclusion: The present study indicated that phenolic and flavonoid compounds known for oxidizing activities indicated an important role among the contents of these plants extract. B. racemosa methanol extract have shown potent cytotoxic activity toward MCF-7. Following these promising results, further fractionation of the plant extract is underway to identify important phytochemical bioactives for the development of potential nutraceutical and pharmaceutical use. SUMMARY The phenolic and flavonoid compounds were present in B. racemosa and H. sabdariffa methanol extractsB. racemosa methanol extract was found to be potent antioxidant activityB. racemosa methanol extract have shown potent cytotoxic activity (IC50 57.61 ± 2.24 μg/mL) toward MCF-7The phenolic and flavonoid compounds may contribute to the antioxidant and cytotoxic activity of B. racemosa. Abbreviations Used: MCF-7: Human breast cancer cell lines, DMEM: Modified eagle medium, DPPH: 2,2’-diphenyl-1-picrylhydrazyl radical, TPC: Total phenolic content, Na2CO3: Sodium carbonate, GAE: Gallic acid equivalents, TFC: Total flavonoid content, NaNO2: Sodium nitrite, AlCl3: Aluminum chloride, NaOH: Sodium hydroxide, QE: Quercetin equivalents, MTT: 3-(4, 5-dimethylthiazol-2-yl)-2, 5-diphenyl tetrazolium bromide, IC50: Inhibitory concentration, ANOVA: Analysis of variance, DLA: Dalton's lymphoma ascitic. PMID:26941539
Bezombes, Lucie; Gaucherand, Stéphanie; Kerbiriou, Christian; Reinert, Marie-Eve; Spiegelberger, Thomas
2017-08-01
In many countries, biodiversity compensation is required to counterbalance negative impacts of development projects on biodiversity by carrying out ecological measures, called offset when the goal is to reach "no net loss" of biodiversity. One main issue is to ensure that offset gains are equivalent to impact-related losses. Ecological equivalence is assessed with ecological equivalence assessment methods taking into account a range of key considerations that we summarized as ecological, spatial, temporal, and uncertainty. When equivalence assessment methods take into account all considerations, we call them "comprehensive". Equivalence assessment methods should also aim to be science-based and operational, which is challenging. Many equivalence assessment methods have been developed worldwide but none is fully satisfying. In the present study, we examine 13 equivalence assessment methods in order to identify (i) their general structure and (ii) the synergies and trade-offs between equivalence assessment methods characteristics related to operationality, scientific-basis and comprehensiveness (called "challenges" in his paper). We evaluate each equivalence assessment methods on the basis of 12 criteria describing the level of achievement of each challenge. We observe that all equivalence assessment methods share a general structure, with possible improvements in the choice of target biodiversity, the indicators used, the integration of landscape context and the multipliers reflecting time lags and uncertainties. We show that no equivalence assessment methods combines all challenges perfectly. There are trade-offs between and within the challenges: operationality tends to be favored while scientific basis are integrated heterogeneously in equivalence assessment methods development. One way of improving the challenges combination would be the use of offset dedicated data-bases providing scientific feedbacks on previous offset measures.
Along-the-net reconstruction of hydropower potential with consideration of anthropic alterations
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Masoero, A.; Claps, P.; Gallo, E.; Ganora, D.; Laio, F.
2014-09-01
Even in regions with mature hydropower development, requirements for stable renewable power sources suggest revision of plans of exploitation of water resources, while taking care of the environmental regulations. Mean Annual Flow (MAF) is a key parameter when trying to represent water availability for hydropower purposes. MAF is usually determined in ungauged basins by means of regional statistical analysis. For this study a regional estimation method consistent along-the-river network has been developed for MAF estimation; the method uses a multi-regressive approach based on geomorphoclimatic descriptors, and it is applied on 100 gauged basins located in NW Italy. The method has been designed to keep the estimates of mean annual flow congruent at the confluences, by considering only raster-summable explanatory variables. Also, the influence of human alterations in the regional analysis of MAF has been studied: impact due to the presence of existing hydropower plants has been taken into account, restoring the "natural" value of runoff through analytical corrections. To exemplify the representation of the assessment of residual hydropower potential, the model has been applied extensively to two specific mountain watersheds by mapping the estimated mean flow for the basins draining into each pixel of a the DEM-derived river network. Spatial algorithms were developed using the OpenSource Software GRASS GIS and PostgreSQL/PostGIS. Spatial representation of the hydropower potential was obtained using different mean flow vs hydraulic-head relations for each pixel. Final potential indices have been represented and mapped through the Google Earth platform, providing a complete and interactive picture of the available potential, useful for planning and regulation purposes.
46 CFR 151.50-50 - Elemental phosphorus in water.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-10-01
.... (b) When a water displacement method of discharge is used, pressure vessel type cargo tanks, designed... 46 Shipping 5 2012-10-01 2012-10-01 false Elemental phosphorus in water. 151.50-50 Section 151.50... phosphorus in water. (a) Tanks shall be designed and tested for a head equivalent to the design lading of...
14 CFR 420.23 - Launch site location review-flight corridor.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-01-01
... this part, to contain debris with a ballistic coefficient of ≥ 3 pounds per square foot, from any non... that its proposed method provides an equivalent level of safety to that required by appendix A or B of... of ≥ 3 pounds per square foot, from any non-nominal flight of a guided sub-orbital expendable launch...
Smith, Lori L; Francis, Kyle A; Johnson, Joseph T; Gaskill, Cynthia L
2017-11-01
Pre-column derivatization with 9-fluorenylmethyl chloroformate (FMOC-Cl) was determined to be effective for quantitation of fumonisins B 1 and B 2 in feed. Liquid-solid extraction, clean-up using immunoaffinity solid phase extraction chromatography, and FMOC-derivatization preceded analysis by reverse phase HPLC with fluorescence. Instrument response was unchanged in the presence of matrix, indicating no need to use matrix-matched calibrants. Furthermore, high method recoveries indicated calibrants do not need to undergo clean-up to account for analyte loss. Established method features include linear instrument response from 0.04-2.5µg/mL and stable derivatized calibrants over 7days. Fortified cornmeal method recoveries from 0.1-30.0μg/g were determined for FB 1 (75.1%-109%) and FB 2 (96.0%-115.2%). Inter-assay precision ranged from 1.0%-16.7%. Method accuracy was further confirmed using certified reference material. Inter-laboratory comparison with naturally-contaminated field corn demonstrated equivalent results with conventional derivatization. These results indicate FMOC derivatization is a suitable alternative for fumonisins B 1 and B 2 quantitation in corn-based feeds. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
Effects of select and reject control on equivalence class formation and transfer of function.
Perez, William F; Tomanari, Gerson Y; Vaidya, Manish
2015-09-01
The present study used a single-subject design to evaluate the effects of select or reject control on equivalence class formation and transfer of function. Adults were exposed to a matching-to-sample task with observing requirements (MTS-OR) in order to bias the establishment of sample/S+ (select) or sample/S- (reject) relations. In Experiment 1, four sets of baseline conditional relations were taught-two under reject control (A1B2C1, A2B1C2) and two under select control (D1E1F1, D2E2F2). Participants were tested for transitivity, symmetry, equivalence and reflexivity. They also learned a simple discrimination involving one of the stimuli from the equivalence classes and were tested for the transfer of the discriminative function. In general, participants performed with high accuracy on all equivalence-related probes as well as the transfer of function probes under select control. Under reject control, participants had high scores only on the symmetry test; transfer of function was attributed to stimuli programmed as S-. In Experiment 2, the equivalence class under reject control was expanded to four members (A1B2C1D2; A2B1C2D1). Participants had high scores only on symmetry and on transitivity and equivalence tests involving two nodes. Transfer of function was extended to the programmed S- added to each class. Results from both experiments suggest that select and reject controls might differently affect the formation of equivalence classes and the transfer of stimulus functions. © Society for the Experimental Analysis of Behavior.
Colino, J; Diez, M; Outschoorn, I
1996-04-19
We have developed an enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) to measure murine antigen-specific IgG antibodies of defined subclass using precalibrated equivalence dilutions of anti-kappa (in the standard) and each anti-IgG subclass-specific polyclonal secondary antibody (in the test sample). The calibration of secondary reagents could be carried out easily with a set of monoclonal antibodies (MoAbs) specific for all IgG subclasses. These MoAbs do not require purification or standardization. In addition the MoAbs can be of different antigenic specificity. Once the equivalence dilutions have been determined, they can be applied in a quantitative ELISA using the same antigen in the standard and sample, and using only one IgG subclass standard for the determination of all the IgG subclasses. The method is easy to standardize for many antigenic systems. It is particularly useful when the only standard available is one standardized MoAb of the appropriate specificity, and it could be adapted to use with standard polyclonal antibodies having a known content of total antigen-specific IgG bearing kappa chains but unknown IgG subclass composition. The use of this method to quantitate IgG specific for the capsular polysaccharide of Neisseria meningitidis serogroup B (CpsB) gave highly reproducible measures with an interbatch CV of 5-6% similar for all IgG subclasses and low detection limits ranging from 0.3 ng/well for IgG3 to 0.8 ng/well for IgG2a. The IgG subclass response observed after immunization with live meningococci was mainly IgG2a (74%) and IgG2b (18%). Hyperimmunization modified this IgG distribution to one of mainly IgG3 (62%) and IgG1 (28%) which was maintained in the response to a single immunization 4 weeks later, possibly indicating the generation of resting B cells during continuous stimulation.
On the homotopy equivalence of simple AI-algebras
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Aristov, O Yu
1999-02-28
Let A and B be simple unital AI-algebras (an AI-algebra is an inductive limit of C*-algebras of the form BigOplus{sub i}{sup k}C([0,1],M{sub N{sub i}}). It is proved that two arbitrary unital homomorphisms from A into B such that the corresponding maps K{sub 0}A{yields}K{sub 0}B coincide are homotopic. Necessary and sufficient conditions on the Elliott invariant for A and B to be homotopy equivalent are indicated. Moreover, two algebras in the above class having the same K-theory but not homotopy equivalent are constructed. A theorem on the homotopy of approximately unitarily equivalent homomorphisms between AI-algebras is used in the proof, whichmore » is deduced in its turn from a generalization to the case of AI-algebras of a theorem of Manuilov stating that a unitary matrix almost commuting with a self-adjoint matrix h can be joined to 1 by a continuous path consisting of unitary matrices almost commuting with h.« less
Wianowska, Dorota; Dawidowicz, Andrzej L
2016-05-01
This paper proposes and shows the analytical capabilities of a new variant of matrix solid phase dispersion (MSPD) with the solventless blending step in the chromatographic analysis of plant volatiles. The obtained results prove that the use of a solvent is redundant as the sorption ability of the octadecyl brush is sufficient for quantitative retention of volatiles from 9 plants differing in their essential oil composition. The extraction efficiency of the proposed simplified MSPD method is equivalent to the efficiency of the commonly applied variant of MSPD with the organic dispersing liquid and pressurized liquid extraction, which is a much more complex, technically advanced and highly efficient technique of plant extraction. The equivalency of these methods is confirmed by the variance analysis. The proposed solventless MSPD method is precise, accurate, and reproducible. The recovery of essential oil components estimated by the MSPD method exceeds 98%, which is satisfactory for analytical purposes. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
Reconstruction of living bilayer human skin equivalent utilizing human fibrin as a scaffold.
Mazlyzam, A L; Aminuddin, B S; Fuzina, N H; Norhayati, M M; Fauziah, O; Isa, M R; Saim, L; Ruszymah, B H I
2007-05-01
Our aim of this study was to develop a new methodology for constructing a bilayer human skin equivalent to create a more clinical compliance skin graft composite for the treatment of various skin defects. We utilized human plasma derived fibrin as the scaffold for the development of a living bilayer human skin equivalent: fibrin-fibroblast and fibrin-keratinocyte (B-FF/FK SE). Skin cells from six consented patients were culture-expanded to passage 1. For B-FF/FK SE formation, human fibroblasts were embedded in human fibrin matrix and subsequently another layer of human keratinocytes in human fibrin matrix was stacked on top. The B-FF/FK SE was then transplanted to athymic mice model for 4 weeks to evaluate its regeneration and clinical performance. The in vivo B-FF/FK SE has similar properties as native human skin by histological analysis and expression of basal Keratin 14 gene in the epidermal layer and Collagen type I gene in the dermal layer. Electron microscopy analysis of in vivo B-FF/FK SE showed well-formed and continuous epidermal-dermal junction. We have successfully developed a technique to engineer living bilayer human skin equivalent using human fibrin matrix. The utilization of culture-expanded human skin cells and fibrin matrix from human blood will allow a fully autologous human skin equivalent construction.
1993-01-08
rectangular ones. Therefore, symmetrical equivalent solutions go by group of four and will have the same cost. Figuret. Our B&B method will not create, study ...If group members will agree in the ranking of a subset of the alternatives (the top set of one, two, three, four -_.., alternatives), what changes...T., Szillery A. Spreadsheet-Based Model Building and Multiple Criteria Group Decision Support 49 Black, J.A., Seyed-Mosseini, S.M. Traffic Models for
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Ray, S. Saha
2018-04-01
In this paper, the symmetry analysis and similarity reduction of the (2+1)-dimensional Bogoyavlensky-Konopelchenko (B-K) equation are investigated by means of the geometric approach of an invariance group, which is equivalent to the classical Lie symmetry method. Using the extended Harrison and Estabrook’s differential forms approach, the infinitesimal generators for (2+1)-dimensional B-K equation are obtained. Firstly, the vector field associated with the Lie group of transformation is derived. Then the symmetry reduction and the corresponding explicit exact solution of (2+1)-dimensional B-K equation is obtained.
47 CFR 25.204 - Power limits for earth stations.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-10-01
... coequally with terrestrial radio communication services, the equivalent isotropically radiated power... below it. (b) In bands shared coequally with terrestrial radiocommunication services, the equivalent... greater than 5° there shall be no restriction as to the equivalent isotropically radiated power...
Sohrabi, Mehdi; Hakimi, Amir
2018-02-01
Photoneutron (PN) dosimetry in fast, epithermal and thermal energy ranges originated from the beam and albedo neutrons in high-energy X-ray medical accelerators is highly important from scientific, technical, radiation protection and medical physics points of view. Detailed dose equivalents in the fast, epithermal and thermal PN energy ranges in air up to 2m as well as at 35 positions from the central axis of 12 cross sections of the phantom at different depths were determined in 18MV X-ray beams of a Siemens ONCOR accelerator. A novel dosimetry method based on polycarbonate track dosimeters (PCTD)/ 10 B (with/without cadmium cover) was used to determine and separate different PN dose equivalents in air and in a multilayer polyethylene phantom. Dose equivalent distributions of PNs, as originated from the main beam and/or albedo PNs, on cross-plane, in-plane and diagonal axes in 10cm×10cm fields are reported. PN dose equivalent distributions on the 3 axes have their maxima at the isocenter. Epithermal and thermal PN depth dose equivalent distributions in the phantom for different positions studied peak at ∼3cm depth. The neutron dosimeters used for the first time in such studies are highly effective for separating dose equivalents of PNs in the studied energy ranges (beam and/or albedo). The PN dose equivalent data matrix made available in this paper is highly essential for detailed patient dosimetry in general and for estimating secondary cancer risks in particular. Copyright © 2017. Published by Elsevier GmbH.
Evidence that forskolin binds to the glucose transporter of human erythrocytes
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Lavis, V.R.; Lee, D.P.; Shenolikar, S.
1987-10-25
Binding of (4-/sup 3/H)cytochalasin B and (12-/sup 3/H)forskolin to human erythrocyte membranes was measured by a centrifugation method. Glucose-displaceable binding of cytochalasin B was saturable, with KD = 0.11 microM, and maximum binding approximately 550 pmol/mg of protein. Forskolin inhibited the glucose-displaceable binding of cytochalasin B in an apparently competitive manner, with K1 = 3 microM. Glucose-displaceable binding of (12-/sup 3/H)forskolin was also saturable, with KD = 2.6 microM and maximum binding approximately equal to 400 pmol/mg of protein. The following compounds inhibited binding of (12-/sup 3/H)forskolin and (4-/sup 3/H)cytochalasin B equivalently, with relative potencies parallel to their reported affinitiesmore » for the glucose transport system: cytochalasins A and D, dihydrocytochalasin B, L-rhamnose, L-glucose, D-galactose, D-mannose, D-glucose, 2-deoxy-D-glucose, 3-O-methyl-D-glucose, phloretin, and phlorizin. A water-soluble derivative of forskolin, 7-hemisuccinyl-7-desacetylforskolin, displaced equivalent amounts of (4-/sup 3/H)cytochalasin B or (12-/sup 3/H)forskolin. Rabbit erythrocyte membranes, which are deficient in glucose transporter, did not bind either (4-/sup 3/H)cytochalasin B or (12-/sup 3/H)forskolin in a glucose-displaceable manner. These results indicate that forskolin, in concentrations routinely employed for stimulation of adenylate cyclase, binds to the glucose transporter. Endogenous ligands with similar specificities could be important modulators of cellular metabolism.« less
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-10-01
... safety management system is in place on board a vessel. The Commandant will consider the size and corporate structure of a vessel's company when determining the acceptability of an equivalent system... require engineering evaluations and tests to demonstrate the equivalence of the substitute. (b) The...
Efficient Analysis of Complex Structures
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Kapania, Rakesh K.
2000-01-01
Last various accomplishments achieved during this project are : (1) A Survey of Neural Network (NN) applications using MATLAB NN Toolbox on structural engineering especially on equivalent continuum models (Appendix A). (2) Application of NN and GAs to simulate and synthesize substructures: 1-D and 2-D beam problems (Appendix B). (3) Development of an equivalent plate-model analysis method (EPA) for static and vibration analysis of general trapezoidal built-up wing structures composed of skins, spars and ribs. Calculation of all sorts of test cases and comparison with measurements or FEA results. (Appendix C). (4) Basic work on using second order sensitivities on simulating wing modal response, discussion of sensitivity evaluation approaches, and some results (Appendix D). (5) Establishing a general methodology of simulating the modal responses by direct application of NN and by sensitivity techniques, in a design space composed of a number of design points. Comparison is made through examples using these two methods (Appendix E). (6) Establishing a general methodology of efficient analysis of complex wing structures by indirect application of NN: the NN-aided Equivalent Plate Analysis. Training of the Neural Networks for this purpose in several cases of design spaces, which can be applicable for actual design of complex wings (Appendix F).
Hershberger, Patricia E; Kavanaugh, Karen
2017-10-01
Despite an increasing use of qualitative email interviews by nurse researchers, there is little understanding about the appropriateness and equivalence of email interviews to other qualitative data collection methods, especially on sensitive topics research. The purpose is to describe our procedures for completing asynchronous, email interviews and to evaluate the appropriateness and equivalency of email interviews to phone interviews in two qualitative research studies that examined reproductive decisions. Content analysis guided the methodological appraisal of appropriateness and equivalency of in-depth, asynchronous email interviews to single phone interviews. Appropriateness was determined by: (a) participants' willingness to engage in email or phone interviews, (b) completing data collection in a timely period, and (c) participants' satisfaction with the interview. Equivalency was evaluated by: (a) completeness of the interview data, and (b) insight obtained from the data. Of the combined sample in the two studies (N=71), 31% of participants chose to participate via an email interview over a phone interview. The time needed to complete the email interviews averaged 27 to 28days and the number of investigator probe-participant response interchanges was 4 to 5cycles on average. In contrast, the phone interviews averaged 59 to 61min in duration. Most participants in both the email and phone interviews reported they were satisfied or very satisfied with their ability to express their true feelings throughout the interview. Regarding equivalence, 100% of the email and phone interviews provided insight into decision processes. Although insightful, two of the email and one phone interview had short answers or, at times, underdeveloped responses. Participants' quotes and behaviors cited within four published articles, a novel evaluation of equivalency, revealed that 20% to 37.5% of the citations about decision processes were from email participants, which is consistent with the percent of email participants. In-depth, asynchronous email interviews were appropriate and garnered rich, insightful data that augmented the phone interviews. Awareness of the procedures, appropriateness, and nuances when carrying out email interviews on sensitive topics may provide nurse researchers with the ability to obtain thick, rich data that can best advance clinical practice and direct future research. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Mullen, Stuart; Dixon, Mark R.; Belisle, Jordan; Stanley, Caleb
2017-01-01
The current study sought to evaluate the efficacy of a stimulus equivalence training procedure in establishing auditory-tactile-visual stimulus classes with 2 children with autism and developmental delays. Participants were exposed to vocal-tactile (A-B) and tactile-picture (B-C) conditional discrimination training and were tested for the…
Study on the radial vibration and acoustic field of an isotropic circular ring radiator.
Lin, Shuyu; Xu, Long
2012-01-01
Based on the exact analytical theory, the radial vibration of an isotropic circular ring is studied and its electro-mechanical equivalent circuit is obtained. By means of the equivalent circuit model, the resonance frequency equation is derived; the relationship between the radial resonance frequency, the radial displacement amplitude magnification and the geometrical dimensions, the material property is analyzed. For comparison, numerical method is used to simulate the radial vibration of isotropic circular rings. The resonance frequency and the radial vibrational displacement distribution are obtained, and the radial radiation acoustic field of the circular ring in radial vibration is simulated. It is illustrated that the radial resonance frequencies from the analytical method and the numerical method are in good agreement when the height is much less than the radius. When the height becomes large relative to the radius, the frequency deviation from the two methods becomes large. The reason is that the exact analytical theory is limited to thin circular ring whose height must be much less than its radius. Copyright © 2011 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
Radial vibration and ultrasonic field of a long tubular ultrasonic radiator.
Shuyu, Lin; Zhiqiang, Fu; Xiaoli, Zhang; Yong, Wang; Jing, Hu
2013-09-01
The radial vibration of a metal long circular tube is studied analytically and its electro-mechanical equivalent circuit is obtained. Based on the equivalent circuit, the radial resonance frequency equation is derived. The theoretical relationship between the radial resonance frequency and the geometrical dimensions is studied. Finite element method is used to simulate the radial vibration and the radiated ultrasonic field and the results are compared with those from the analytical method. It is concluded that the radial resonance frequency for a solid metal rod is larger than that for a metal tube with the same outer radius. The radial resonance frequencies from the analytical method are in good agreement with those from the numerical method. Based on the acoustic field analysis, it is concluded that the long metal tube with small wall thickness is superior to that with large wall thickness in producing radial vibration and ultrasonic radiation. Therefore, it is expected to be used as an effective radial ultrasonic radiator in ultrasonic sewage treatment, ultrasonic antiscale and descaling and other ultrasonic liquid handling applications. Copyright © 2013 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
Taghavi, Taraneh; Novalen, Maria; Lerman, Caryn; George, Tony P; Tyndale, Rachel F
2018-05-31
Total nicotine equivalents (TNE), the sum of nicotine and metabolites in urine, is a valuable tool for evaluating nicotine exposure. Most methods for measuring TNE involve two-step enzymatic hydrolysis for indirect quantification of glucuronide metabolites. Here, we describe a rapid, low-cost direct liquid chromatography - tandem mass spectrometry (LCMS) assay. In 139 smokers' urine samples, Bland-Altman, correlation, and regression analyses were used to investigate differences in quantification of nicotine and metabolites, TNE, and nicotine metabolite ratio (NMR) between direct and indirect LCMS methods. DNA from a subset (n=97 smokers) was genotyped for UGT2B10*2 and UGT2B17*2 and the known impact of these variants was evaluated using urinary ratios determined by the direct versus indirect method. The direct method showed high accuracy (0-9% bias) and precision (3-14% coefficient of variation) with similar distribution of nicotine metabolites to literary estimates and good agreement between the direct and indirect methods for nicotine, cotinine, and 3-hydroxycotinine (ratios 0.99-1.07), but less agreement for their respective glucuronides (ratios 1.16-4.17). The direct method identified urinary 3HC+3HC-GLUC/COT as having the highest concordance with plasma NMR and provided substantially better estimations of the established genetic impact of glucuronidation variants compared to the indirect method. Direct quantification of nicotine and metabolites is less time-consuming and less costly, and provides accurate estimates of nicotine intake, metabolism rate and the impact of genetic variation in smokers. Lower cost and maintenance combined with high accuracy and reproducibility make the direct method ideal for smoking biomarker, NMR and pharmacogenomics studies. Copyright ©2018, American Association for Cancer Research.
Empirical source noise prediction method with application to subsonic coaxial jet mixing noise
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Zorumski, W. E.; Weir, D. S.
1982-01-01
A general empirical method, developed for source noise predictions, uses tensor splines to represent the dependence of the acoustic field on frequency and direction and Taylor's series to represent the dependence on source state parameters. The method is applied to prediction of mixing noise from subsonic circular and coaxial jets. A noise data base of 1/3-octave-band sound pressure levels (SPL's) from 540 tests was gathered from three countries: United States, United Kingdom, and France. The SPL's depend on seven variables: frequency, polar direction angle, and five source state parameters: inner and outer nozzle pressure ratios, inner and outer stream total temperatures, and nozzle area ratio. A least-squares seven-dimensional curve fit defines a table of constants which is used for the prediction method. The resulting prediction has a mean error of 0 dB and a standard deviation of 1.2 dB. The prediction method is used to search for a coaxial jet which has the greatest coaxial noise benefit as compared with an equivalent single jet. It is found that benefits of about 6 dB are possible.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-01-01
... clothes washer design can achieve spin speeds in the 500g range. When this matrix is repeated 3 times, a...) or an equivalent extractor with same basket design (i.e. diameter, length, volume, and hole... materially inaccurate comparative data, field testing may be appropriate for establishing an acceptable test...
Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR
2013-01-01
.... The 500g requirement will only be used if a clothes washer design can achieve spin speeds in the 500g... Products, P.O. Box 5127, Toledo, OH 43611) or an equivalent extractor with same basket design (i.e... provide materially inaccurate comparative data, field testing may be appropriate for establishing an...
Aircraft Survivability. Summer 2011
2011-01-01
airbag systems and the DEA, offer unique advantages for improving rotorcraft crashworthiness, either as stand-alone systems or in conjunction with a...deployment methods were studied with the goal of achieving equivalent deployment times as external airbag systems. Since 2006, experimental evaluation of...Y., Gansman B., and Bradney C., “Rotorcraft External Airbag Protection System,” Proceedings of the AHS 62nd Annual Forum, Phoenix AZ, May 2006. 5
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-01-01
...) a committed effective dose equivalent of 5 rems (stochastic ALI) or (2) a committed dose equivalent of 50 rems to an organ or tissue (non-stochastic ALI). The stochastic ALIs were derived to result in... equivalent to the whole body of 5 rems. The derivation includes multiplying the committed dose equivalent to...
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-01-01
...) a committed effective dose equivalent of 5 rems (stochastic ALI) or (2) a committed dose equivalent of 50 rems to an organ or tissue (non-stochastic ALI). The stochastic ALIs were derived to result in... equivalent to the whole body of 5 rems. The derivation includes multiplying the committed dose equivalent to...
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-01-01
...) a committed effective dose equivalent of 5 rems (stochastic ALI) or (2) a committed dose equivalent of 50 rems to an organ or tissue (non-stochastic ALI). The stochastic ALIs were derived to result in... equivalent to the whole body of 5 rems. The derivation includes multiplying the committed dose equivalent to...
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-01-01
...) a committed effective dose equivalent of 5 rems (stochastic ALI) or (2) a committed dose equivalent of 50 rems to an organ or tissue (non-stochastic ALI). The stochastic ALIs were derived to result in... equivalent to the whole body of 5 rems. The derivation includes multiplying the committed dose equivalent to...
Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR
2013-01-01
...) a committed effective dose equivalent of 5 rems (stochastic ALI) or (2) a committed dose equivalent of 50 rems to an organ or tissue (non-stochastic ALI). The stochastic ALIs were derived to result in... equivalent to the whole body of 5 rems. The derivation includes multiplying the committed dose equivalent to...
17 CFR 240.15a-6 - Exemption of certain foreign brokers or dealers.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-04-01
... control of the foreign broker or dealer, any testimony of foreign associated persons, and any assistance... specified in section 3(a)(39) of the Act, or any substantially equivalent foreign (i) Expulsion or... have committed any foreign act substantially equivalent to any of those listed in sections 15(b)(4) (B...
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-04-01
... 21 Food and Drugs 6 2011-04-01 2011-04-01 false Penicillin G procaine-dihydrostreptomycin in... INTRAMAMMARY DOSAGE FORM NEW ANIMAL DRUGS § 526.1696b Penicillin G procaine-dihydrostreptomycin in soybean oil... penicillin G procaine equivalent to 200,000 units of penicillin G and dihydrostreptomycin sulfate equivalent...
Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR
2013-04-01
... 21 Food and Drugs 6 2013-04-01 2013-04-01 false Penicillin G procaine-dihydrostreptomycin in... INTRAMAMMARY DOSAGE FORM NEW ANIMAL DRUGS § 526.1696b Penicillin G procaine-dihydrostreptomycin in soybean oil... penicillin G procaine equivalent to 200,000 units of penicillin G and dihydrostreptomycin sulfate equivalent...
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-04-01
... 21 Food and Drugs 6 2012-04-01 2012-04-01 false Penicillin G procaine-dihydrostreptomycin in... INTRAMAMMARY DOSAGE FORM NEW ANIMAL DRUGS § 526.1696b Penicillin G procaine-dihydrostreptomycin in soybean oil... penicillin G procaine equivalent to 200,000 units of penicillin G and dihydrostreptomycin sulfate equivalent...
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-04-01
... 21 Food and Drugs 6 2014-04-01 2014-04-01 false Penicillin G procaine-dihydrostreptomycin in... INTRAMAMMARY DOSAGE FORM NEW ANIMAL DRUGS § 526.1696b Penicillin G procaine-dihydrostreptomycin in soybean oil... penicillin G procaine equivalent to 200,000 units of penicillin G and dihydrostreptomycin sulfate equivalent...
Contextual control using a go/no-go procedure with compound abstract stimuli.
Modenesi, Rafael Diego; Debert, Paula
2015-05-01
Contextual control has been described as (1) a five-term contingency, in which the contextual stimulus exerts conditional control over conditional discriminations, and (2) allowing one stimulus to be a member of different equivalence classes without merging them into one. Matching-to-sample is the most commonly employed procedure to produce and study contextual control. The present study evaluated whether the go/no-go procedure with compound stimuli produces equivalence classes that share stimuli. This procedure does not allow the identification of specific stimulus functions (e.g., contextual, conditional, or discriminative functions). If equivalence classes were established with this procedure, then only the latter part of the contextual control definition (2) would be met. Six undergraduate students participated in the present study. In the training phases, responses to AC, BD, and XY compounds with stimuli from the same classes were reinforced, and responses to AC, BD, and XY compounds with stimuli from different classes were not. In addition, responses to X1A1B1, X1A2B2, X2A1B2, and X2A2B1 compounds were reinforced and responses to the other combinations were not. During the tests, the participants had to respond to new combinations of stimuli compounds YCD to indicate the formation of four equivalence classes that share stimuli: X1A1B1Y1C1D1, X1A2B2Y1C2D2, X2A1B2Y2C1D2, and X2A2B1Y2C2D1. Four of the six participants showed the establishment of these classes. These results indicate that establishing contextual stimulus functions is unnecessary to produce equivalence classes that share stimuli. Therefore, these results are inconsistent with the first part of the definition of contextual control. © Society for the Experimental Analysis of Behavior.
Inverse Design of Low-Boom Supersonic Concepts Using Reversed Equivalent-Area Targets
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Li, Wu; Rallabhand, Sriam
2011-01-01
A promising path for developing a low-boom configuration is a multifidelity approach that (1) starts from a low-fidelity low-boom design, (2) refines the low-fidelity design with computational fluid dynamics (CFD) equivalent-area (Ae) analysis, and (3) improves the design with sonic-boom analysis by using CFD off-body pressure distributions. The focus of this paper is on the third step of this approach, in which the design is improved with sonic-boom analysis through the use of CFD calculations. A new inverse design process for off-body pressure tailoring is formulated and demonstrated with a low-boom supersonic configuration that was developed by using the mixed-fidelity design method with CFD Ae analysis. The new inverse design process uses the reverse propagation of the pressure distribution (dp/p) from a mid-field location to a near-field location, converts the near-field dp/p into an equivalent-area distribution, generates a low-boom target for the reversed equivalent area (Ae,r) of the configuration, and modifies the configuration to minimize the differences between the configuration s Ae,r and the low-boom target. The new inverse design process is used to modify a supersonic demonstrator concept for a cruise Mach number of 1.6 and a cruise weight of 30,000 lb. The modified configuration has a fully shaped ground signature that has a perceived loudness (PLdB) value of 78.5, while the original configuration has a partially shaped aft signature with a PLdB of 82.3.
Nuclear norm-based 2-DPCA for extracting features from images.
Zhang, Fanlong; Yang, Jian; Qian, Jianjun; Xu, Yong
2015-10-01
The 2-D principal component analysis (2-DPCA) is a widely used method for image feature extraction. However, it can be equivalently implemented via image-row-based principal component analysis. This paper presents a structured 2-D method called nuclear norm-based 2-DPCA (N-2-DPCA), which uses a nuclear norm-based reconstruction error criterion. The nuclear norm is a matrix norm, which can provide a structured 2-D characterization for the reconstruction error image. The reconstruction error criterion is minimized by converting the nuclear norm-based optimization problem into a series of F-norm-based optimization problems. In addition, N-2-DPCA is extended to a bilateral projection-based N-2-DPCA (N-B2-DPCA). The virtue of N-B2-DPCA over N-2-DPCA is that an image can be represented with fewer coefficients. N-2-DPCA and N-B2-DPCA are applied to face recognition and reconstruction and evaluated using the Extended Yale B, CMU PIE, FRGC, and AR databases. Experimental results demonstrate the effectiveness of the proposed methods.
Grau-Guinea, L; Pérez-Enríquez, C; García-Escobar, G; Arrondo-Elizarán, C; Pereira-Cutiño, B; Florido-Santiago, M; Piqué-Candini, J; Planas, A; Paez, M; Peña-Casanova, J; Sánchez-Benavides, G
2018-05-08
The Free and Cued Selective Reminding Test (FCSRT) is widely used for the assessment of verbal episodic memory, mainly in patients with Alzheimer disease. A Spanish version of the FCSRT and normative data were developed within the NEURONORMA project. Availability of alternative, equivalent versions is useful for following patients up in clinical settings. This study aimed to develop an alternative version of the original FCSRT (version B) and to study its equivalence to the original Spanish test (version A), and its performance in a sample of healthy individuals, in order to develop reference data. We evaluated 232 healthy participants of the NEURONORMA-Plus project, aged between 18 and 90. Thirty-three participants were assessed with both versions using a counterbalanced design. High intra-class correlation coefficients (between 0.8 and 0.9) were observed in the equivalence study. While no significant differences in performance were observed in total recall scores, free recall scores were significantly lower for version B. These preliminary results suggest that the newly developed FCSRT version B is equivalent to version A in the main variables tested. Further studies are necessary to ensure interchangeability between versions. We provide normative data for the new version. Copyright © 2018 Sociedad Española de Neurología. Publicado por Elsevier España, S.L.U. All rights reserved.
10 CFR 835.702 - Individual monitoring records.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-01-01
... emergency exposures. (b) Recording of the non-uniform equivalent dose to the skin is not required if the... internal dose (committed effective dose or committed equivalent dose) is not required for any monitoring...: (i) The effective dose from external sources of radiation (equivalent dose to the whole body may be...
10 CFR 835.702 - Individual monitoring records.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-01-01
... emergency exposures. (b) Recording of the non-uniform equivalent dose to the skin is not required if the... internal dose (committed effective dose or committed equivalent dose) is not required for any monitoring...: (i) The effective dose from external sources of radiation (equivalent dose to the whole body may be...
10 CFR 835.702 - Individual monitoring records.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-01-01
... emergency exposures. (b) Recording of the non-uniform equivalent dose to the skin is not required if the... internal dose (committed effective dose or committed equivalent dose) is not required for any monitoring...: (i) The effective dose from external sources of radiation (equivalent dose to the whole body may be...
10 CFR 835.702 - Individual monitoring records.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR
2013-01-01
... emergency exposures. (b) Recording of the non-uniform equivalent dose to the skin is not required if the... internal dose (committed effective dose or committed equivalent dose) is not required for any monitoring...: (i) The effective dose from external sources of radiation (equivalent dose to the whole body may be...
10 CFR 835.702 - Individual monitoring records.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-01-01
... emergency exposures. (b) Recording of the non-uniform equivalent dose to the skin is not required if the... internal dose (committed effective dose or committed equivalent dose) is not required for any monitoring...: (i) The effective dose from external sources of radiation (equivalent dose to the whole body may be...
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-07-01
... Reference and Class I Equivalent Methods for PM2.5 and PM10-2.5 E Table E-1 to Subpart E of Part 53... MONITORING REFERENCE AND EQUIVALENT METHODS Procedures for Testing Physical (Design) and Performance Characteristics of Reference Methods and Class I and Class II Equivalent Methods for PM2.5 or PM10â2.5 Pt. 53...
Amran, Norliyana; Rani, Anis Najwa Abdul; Mahmud, Roziahanim; Yin, Khoo Boon
2016-01-01
The fruits of Barringtonia racemosa and Hibiscus sabdariffa have been used in the treatment of abscess, ulcer, cough, asthma, and diarrhea as traditional remedy. This study aims to evaluate cytotoxic effect of B. racemosa and H. sabdariffa methanol fruit extracts toward human breast cancer cell lines (MCF-7) and its antioxidant activities. Total antioxidant activities of extracts were assayed using 2,2'-diphenyl-1-picrylhydrazyl radical (DPPH) and β-carotene bleaching assay. Content of phytochemicals, total flavonoid content (TFC), and total phenolic content (TPC) were determined using aluminum chloride colorimetric method and Folin-Ciocalteu's reagent, respectively. Cytotoxic activity in vitro was investigated through 3-(4, 5-dimethylthiazol-2-yl)-2, 5-diphenyl tetrazolium bromide (MTT) assay. B. racemosa extract exhibited high antioxidant activities compared to H. sabdariffa methanol fruit extracts in DPPH radical scavenging assay (inhibitory concentration [IC50] 15.26 ± 1.25 μg/mL) and ί-carotene bleaching assay (I% 98.13 ± 1.83%). B. racemosa also showed higher TPC (14.70 ± 1.05 mg gallic acid equivalents [GAE]/g) and TFC (130 ± 1.18 mg quercetin equivalents [QE]/g) compared to H. sabdariffa (3.80 ± 2.13 mg GAE/g and 40.75 ± 1.15 mg QE/g, respectively). In MTT assay, B. racemosa extract also showed a higher cytotoxic activity (IC50 57.61 ± 2.24 μg/mL) compared to H. sabdariffa. The present study indicated that phenolic and flavonoid compounds known for oxidizing activities indicated an important role among the contents of these plants extract. B. racemosa methanol extract have shown potent cytotoxic activity toward MCF-7. Following these promising results, further fractionation of the plant extract is underway to identify important phytochemical bioactives for the development of potential nutraceutical and pharmaceutical use. The phenolic and flavonoid compounds were present in B. racemosa and H. sabdariffa methanol extractsB. racemosa methanol extract was found to be potent antioxidant activityB. racemosa methanol extract have shown potent cytotoxic activity (IC50 57.61 ± 2.24 μg/mL) toward MCF-7The phenolic and flavonoid compounds may contribute to the antioxidant and cytotoxic activity of B. racemosa. Abbreviations Used: MCF-7: Human breast cancer cell lines, DMEM: Modified eagle medium, DPPH: 2,2'-diphenyl-1-picrylhydrazyl radical, TPC: Total phenolic content, Na2CO3: Sodium carbonate, GAE: Gallic acid equivalents, TFC: Total flavonoid content, NaNO2: Sodium nitrite, AlCl3: Aluminum chloride, NaOH: Sodium hydroxide, QE: Quercetin equivalents, MTT: 3-(4, 5-dimethylthiazol-2-yl)-2, 5-diphenyl tetrazolium bromide, IC50: Inhibitory concentration, Analysis of variance, DLA: Dalton's lymphoma ascitic.
Newhouse, Timothy; Lewis, Chad A.; Eastman, Kyle J.; Baran, Phil S.
2010-01-01
This report details the invention of a method to enable syntheses of psychotrimine, 1, and the kapakahines F and B, 2 & 3, on a gram scale and in a minimum number of steps. Mechanistic inquiries are presented for the key enabling quaternization of indole at the C3 position by electrophilic attack of an activated aniline species. Excellent chemo-, regio-, and diastereoselectivities are observed for reactions with o-iodoaniline, an indole cation equivalent. Additionally, the scope of this reaction is broad with respect to the tryptamine and aniline components. The anti-cancer profiles of psychotrimine, 1, and kapakahines F and B, 2 & 3, have also been evaluated. PMID:20426477
Self-Tuning Methods for Multiple-Controller Systems.
1981-08-01
the model. The plant is governed by y(t) + Aly (t-l) - B 0u(t-l) + e(t) - where -0.99101 8.80512 x 103 A1 i.. "+-0.80610 -0.77089 -0.89889 -4.59328 x 10...AC-19, No. 5, Oct. 1974, pp. 518-524. [8 Bar- Shalom , Y. and Tse, E., "Dual Effect, Certainty Equivalence and Separation in Stochastic Control," IEEE...Trans. on Automatic Control, Vol. AC-19, No. 5, Oct. 1974, pp. 494-500. [9) Bar- Shalom , Y. and Tse, E., "Concepts and Methods in Stochastic Control
Periodic equivalence ratio modulation method and apparatus for controlling combustion instability
Richards, George A.; Janus, Michael C.; Griffith, Richard A.
2000-01-01
The periodic equivalence ratio modulation (PERM) method and apparatus significantly reduces and/or eliminates unstable conditions within a combustion chamber. The method involves modulating the equivalence ratio for the combustion device, such that the combustion device periodically operates outside of an identified unstable oscillation region. The equivalence ratio is modulated between preselected reference points, according to the shape of the oscillation region and operating parameters of the system. Preferably, the equivalence ratio is modulated from a first stable condition to a second stable condition, and, alternatively, the equivalence ratio is modulated from a stable condition to an unstable condition. The method is further applicable to multi-nozzle combustor designs, whereby individual nozzles are alternately modulated from stable to unstable conditions. Periodic equivalence ratio modulation (PERM) is accomplished by active control involving periodic, low frequency fuel modulation, whereby low frequency fuel pulses are injected into the main fuel delivery. Importantly, the fuel pulses are injected at a rate so as not to affect the desired time-average equivalence ratio for the combustion device.
The Equivalence between (AB)[dagger] = B[dagger]A[dagger] and Other Mixed-Type Reverse-Order Laws
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Tian, Yongge
2006-01-01
The standard reverse-order law for the Moore-Penrose inverse of a matrix product is (AB)[dagger] = B[dagger]A[dagger]. The purpose of this article is to give a set of equivalences of this reverse-order law and other mixed-type reverse-order laws for the Moore-Penrose inverse of matrix products.
Improved Bounds on Violation of the Strong Equivalence Principle
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Arzoumanian, Z.
2002-01-01
I describe a unique, 20-year-long timing program for the binary pulsar B0655+64, the stalwart control experiment for measurements of gravitational radiation damping in relativistic neutron-star binaries. Observed limits on evolution of the B0655+64 orbit provide new bounds on the existence of dipolar gravitational radiation, and hence on violation of the Strong Equivalence Principle.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-01-01
.... The 500g requirement will only be used if a clothes washer design can achieve spin speeds in the 500g... Products, P.O. Box 5127, Toledo, OH 43611) or an equivalent extractor with same basket design (i.e... characteristics as to provide materially inaccurate comparative data, field testing may be appropriate for...
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-01-01
.... The 500g requirement will only be used if a clothes washer design can achieve spin speeds in the 500g... Products, P.O. Box 5127, Toledo, OH 43611) or an equivalent extractor with same basket design (i.e... characteristics as to provide materially inaccurate comparative data, field testing may be appropriate for...
Evaluation of a Tethered Kite Anemometer.
1981-02-01
Solar Eclipse , Part I - Atmospheric Sciences Laboratory Field Program Summary," ASL-TR-0059, May 1980 131. Miller, Walter B., "User’s Guide for Passive...the smaller kite and 500 m with the larger version. Therefore, the kite has been evaluated with reference to methods of obtaining winds to equivalent...advantage over remote sensors where noise can be mistakenly identified as signal , and complex mathematical algorithms are often required to obtain
Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR
2013-01-01
... (0.3-centimeter) nominal thickness of type IV vinyl-composition tile, composition 1—asbestos free, as... Specification entitled Tile, Floor: Asphalt, Rubber, Vinyl, Vinyl-Asbestos, SS-T-312B, dated October 10, 1974, 1... equivalent of, and will yield the same impact test results as, a surface covered with vinyl-asbestos tile...
Sroka-Oleksiak, Agnieszka; Ufir, Krzysztof; Salamon, Dominika; Bulanda, Malgorzata; Gosiewski, Tomasz
Lyme disease, caused by Borrelia burgdorferi, is a multisystem disease that often makes difficulties to recognize caused by their genetic heterogenity. Currently, the gold standard for the detection of Lyme disease (LD) is serologic diagnostics based mainly on tests: ELISA and Western blot (WB). These methods, however, are subject to consider- able defect, especially in the initial phase of infection due to the occurrence of so-called serological window period and low specificity. For this reason, they might be replaced by molecular methods, for example polymerase chain reaction (PCR), which should be more sensitivity and specificity. In the present study we attempt to optimize the PCR reaction conditions and enhance existing test sensitivity by applying the equivalent of real time PCR - nested PCR for detection B. burgdorferi DNA in the patient's blood. The study involved 94 blood samples of patients with suspected LD. From each sample, 1.5 ml of blood was used for the isolation of bacterial DNA and PCR real time am- plification and its equivalent, in nested version. The remaining part earmarked for serologi- cal testing. Optimization of the reaction conditions made experimentally, using gradient of the temperature and gradient of the magnesium ions concentration for reaction real time in nested-PCR and PCR version. The results show that the nested-PCR real time, has a much higher sensitivity 45 (47.8%) of positive results for the detection of B. burgdorferi compared to the single- variety, without a preceding pre-amplification 2 (2.1%). Serological methods allowed the detection of infection in 41 (43.6%) samples. These results support of the nested PCR method as a better molecular tool for the detection of B. burgdorferi infection than classical PCR real time reaction. The nested-PCR real time method may be considered as a complement to ELISA and WB mainly in the early stages of infection, when in the blood circulating B. burgdorferi cells. By contrast, the results of serological and molecular tests should always be carried out tak- ing into account the patient's clinical status.
29 CFR 1915.89 - Control of hazardous energy (lockout/tags-plus).
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-07-01
... employee: (A) Sign a group tag (or a group tag equivalent), attach a personal identification device to a... group tag (or the group tag equivalent), remove the personal identification device, or perform a... safe exposure status of each authorized employee, and (b) signs a group tag (or a group tag equivalent...
29 CFR 1915.89 - Control of hazardous energy (lockout/tags-plus).
Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR
2013-07-01
... employee: (A) Sign a group tag (or a group tag equivalent), attach a personal identification device to a... group tag (or the group tag equivalent), remove the personal identification device, or perform a... safe exposure status of each authorized employee, and (b) signs a group tag (or a group tag equivalent...
29 CFR 1915.89 - Control of hazardous energy (lockout/tags-plus).
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-07-01
... employee: (A) Sign a group tag (or a group tag equivalent), attach a personal identification device to a... group tag (or the group tag equivalent), remove the personal identification device, or perform a... safe exposure status of each authorized employee, and (b) signs a group tag (or a group tag equivalent...
7 CFR 1450.207 - Conservation plan, forest stewardship plan, or equivalent plan.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-01-01
... conservation plan, forest stewardship plan, or equivalent plan, such approval may be waived by CCC. (b) The... purposes as determined by CCC. (c) If applicable, a tree planting plan must be developed and included in the conservation plan, forest stewardship plan, or equivalent plan. Such tree planting plan may allow...
7 CFR 1450.207 - Conservation plan, forest stewardship plan, or equivalent plan.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR
2013-01-01
... conservation plan, forest stewardship plan, or equivalent plan, such approval may be waived by CCC. (b) The... purposes as determined by CCC. (c) If applicable, a tree planting plan must be developed and included in the conservation plan, forest stewardship plan, or equivalent plan. Such tree planting plan may allow...
7 CFR 1450.207 - Conservation plan, forest stewardship plan, or equivalent plan.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-01-01
... conservation plan, forest stewardship plan, or equivalent plan, such approval may be waived by CCC. (b) The... purposes as determined by CCC. (c) If applicable, a tree planting plan must be developed and included in the conservation plan, forest stewardship plan, or equivalent plan. Such tree planting plan may allow...
7 CFR 1450.207 - Conservation plan, forest stewardship plan, or equivalent plan.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-01-01
... conservation plan, forest stewardship plan, or equivalent plan, such approval may be waived by CCC. (b) The... purposes as determined by CCC. (c) If applicable, a tree planting plan must be developed and included in the conservation plan, forest stewardship plan, or equivalent plan. Such tree planting plan may allow...
7 CFR 58.236 - Pasteurization and heat treatment.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-01-01
... condensing at a minimum temperature of 161 °F. for at least 15 seconds or its equivalent in bacterial.... for 15 seconds or its equivalent in bacterial destruction. (2) All buttermilk to be used in the... temperature of 161 °F for 15 seconds or its equivalent in bacterial destruction. (b) Heat treatment—(1) High...
Parameter Analysis for Arc Snubber of EAST Neutral Beam Injector
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Wang, Haitian; Li, Ge; Cao, Liang; Dang, Xiaoqiang; Fu, Peng
2010-08-01
According to the B-H curve and structural dimensions of the snubber by the Fink-Baker Method, the inductive voltage and the eddy current of any core tape with the thickness of the saturated regions are derived when the accelerator breakdown occurs. Using the Ampere's law, in each core tape, the eddy current of the core lamination is equal to the arc current, and the relation of the thickness of the saturated regions for different laminations can be deduced. The total equivalent resistance of the snubber can be obtained. The transient eddy current model based on the stray capacitance and the equivalent resistance is analyzed, and the solving process is given in detail. The exponential time constant and the arc current are obtained. Then, the maximum width of the lamination and the minimum thickness of the core tape are determined. The experimental time constant of the eddy current obtained, with or without the bias current, is approximately the same as that by the analytical method, which proves the accuracy of the adopted assumptions and the analysis method.
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Lu, Yinghui; Aydin, Kültegin; Clothiaux, Eugene E.; Verlinde, Johannes
2014-03-01
Ice crystal scattering properties at microwave radar wavelengths can be modeled with the Generalized Multi-particle Mie (GMM) method by decomposing an ice crystal into a cluster of tiny spheres composed of solid ice. In this decomposition the mass distribution of the tiny spheres in the cluster is no longer equivalent to that in the original ice crystal because of gaps between the tiny spheres. To compensate for the gaps in the cluster representation of an ice crystal in the GMM computation of crystal scattering properties, the Maxwell Garnett approximation is used to estimate what the dielectric function of the tiny spheres (i.e., the inclusions) in the cluster must be to make the cluster of tiny spheres with associated air gaps (i.e., the background matrix) dielectrically equivalent to the original solid ice crystal. Overall, compared with the T-matrix method for spheroids outside resonance regions this approach agrees to within mostly 0.3 dB (and often better) in the horizontal backscattering cross section σhh and the ratio of horizontal and vertical backscattering cross sections σhh/σvv, and 6% for the amplitude scattering matrix elements Re{S22-S11} and Im{S22} in the forward direction. For crystal sizes and wavelengths near resonances, where the scattering parameters are highly sensitive to the crystal shape, the differences are generally within 1.2 dB for σhh and σhh/σvv, 20% for Re{S22-S11} and 6% for Im{S22}. The Discrete Dipole Approximation (DDA) results for the same spheroids are generally closer than those of GMM to the T-matrix results. For hexagonal plates the differences between GMM and the DDA at a W-band wavelength (3.19 mm) are mostly within 0.6 dB for σhh, 1 dB for σhh/σvv, 11% for Re{S22-S11} and 12% for Im{S22}. For columns the differences are within 0.3 dB for σhh and σhh/σvv, 8% for Re{S22-S11} and 4% for Im{S22}. This method shows higher accuracy than an alternative method that artificially increases the thickness of ice plates to provide the same mass as the original ice crystal.
Weigold, Arne; Weigold, Ingrid K; Russell, Elizabeth J
2013-03-01
Self-report survey-based data collection is increasingly carried out using the Internet, as opposed to the traditional paper-and-pencil method. However, previous research on the equivalence of these methods has yielded inconsistent findings. This may be due to methodological and statistical issues present in much of the literature, such as nonequivalent samples in different conditions due to recruitment, participant self-selection to conditions, and data collection procedures, as well as incomplete or inappropriate statistical procedures for examining equivalence. We conducted 2 studies examining the equivalence of paper-and-pencil and Internet data collection that accounted for these issues. In both studies, we used measures of personality, social desirability, and computer self-efficacy, and, in Study 2, we used personal growth initiative to assess quantitative equivalence (i.e., mean equivalence), qualitative equivalence (i.e., internal consistency and intercorrelations), and auxiliary equivalence (i.e., response rates, missing data, completion time, and comfort completing questionnaires using paper-and-pencil and the Internet). Study 1 investigated the effects of completing surveys via paper-and-pencil or the Internet in both traditional (i.e., lab) and natural (i.e., take-home) settings. Results indicated equivalence across conditions, except for auxiliary equivalence aspects of missing data and completion time. Study 2 examined mailed paper-and-pencil and Internet surveys without contact between experimenter and participants. Results indicated equivalence between conditions, except for auxiliary equivalence aspects of response rate for providing an address and completion time. Overall, the findings show that paper-and-pencil and Internet data collection methods are generally equivalent, particularly for quantitative and qualitative equivalence, with nonequivalence only for some aspects of auxiliary equivalence. PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved.
40 CFR 53.11 - Cancellation of reference or equivalent method designation.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-07-01
... 40 Protection of Environment 5 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Cancellation of reference or equivalent method designation. 53.11 Section 53.11 Protection of Environment ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (CONTINUED) AIR PROGRAMS (CONTINUED) AMBIENT AIR MONITORING REFERENCE AND EQUIVALENT METHODS General...
30 CFR 57.22202 - Main fans (I-A, I-B, I-C, II-A, III, V-A, and V-B mines).
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-07-01
... mines, provided with an automatic signal device to give an alarm when the fan stops. The signal device... possible explosive forces; (2) Equipped with explosion-doors, a weak-wall, or other equivalent devices... or weak-wall shall be at least equivalent to the average cross-sectional area of the airway. (c) (1...
30 CFR 57.22202 - Main fans (I-A, I-B, I-C, II-A, III, V-A, and V-B mines).
Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR
2013-07-01
... mines, provided with an automatic signal device to give an alarm when the fan stops. The signal device... possible explosive forces; (2) Equipped with explosion-doors, a weak-wall, or other equivalent devices... or weak-wall shall be at least equivalent to the average cross-sectional area of the airway. (c) (1...
30 CFR 57.22202 - Main fans (I-A, I-B, I-C, II-A, III, V-A, and V-B mines).
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-07-01
... mines, provided with an automatic signal device to give an alarm when the fan stops. The signal device... possible explosive forces; (2) Equipped with explosion-doors, a weak-wall, or other equivalent devices... or weak-wall shall be at least equivalent to the average cross-sectional area of the airway. (c) (1...
30 CFR 57.22202 - Main fans (I-A, I-B, I-C, II-A, III, V-A, and V-B mines).
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-07-01
... mines, provided with an automatic signal device to give an alarm when the fan stops. The signal device... possible explosive forces; (2) Equipped with explosion-doors, a weak-wall, or other equivalent devices... or weak-wall shall be at least equivalent to the average cross-sectional area of the airway. (c) (1...
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Dixon, Mark R.; Belisle, Jordan; Stanley, Caleb R.; Daar, Jacob H.; Williams, Leigh Anne
2016-01-01
The present study evaluated the efficacy of equivalence-based instruction (EBI) as described in the PEAK-E curriculum (Dixon, 2015) for promoting the emergence of derived geometry skills in two children with high-functioning autism. The results suggested that direct training of shape name (A) to shape property (B) (i.e., A-B relations) was…
A reproducible accelerated in vitro release testing method for PLGA microspheres.
Shen, Jie; Lee, Kyulim; Choi, Stephanie; Qu, Wen; Wang, Yan; Burgess, Diane J
2016-02-10
The objective of the present study was to develop a discriminatory and reproducible accelerated in vitro release method for long-acting PLGA microspheres with inner structure/porosity differences. Risperidone was chosen as a model drug. Qualitatively and quantitatively equivalent PLGA microspheres with different inner structure/porosity were obtained using different manufacturing processes. Physicochemical properties as well as degradation profiles of the prepared microspheres were investigated. Furthermore, in vitro release testing of the prepared risperidone microspheres was performed using the most common in vitro release methods (i.e., sample-and-separate and flow through) for this type of product. The obtained compositionally equivalent risperidone microspheres had similar drug loading but different inner structure/porosity. When microsphere particle size appeared similar, porous risperidone microspheres showed faster microsphere degradation and drug release compared with less porous microspheres. Both in vitro release methods investigated were able to differentiate risperidone microsphere formulations with differences in porosity under real-time (37 °C) and accelerated (45 °C) testing conditions. Notably, only the accelerated USP apparatus 4 method showed good reproducibility for highly porous risperidone microspheres. These results indicated that the accelerated USP apparatus 4 method is an appropriate fast quality control tool for long-acting PLGA microspheres (even with porous structures). Copyright © 2015 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
SU-E-T-314: Dosimetric Effect of Smooth Drilling On Proton Compensators in Prostate Patients
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Reyhan, M; Yue, N; Zou, J
2015-06-15
Purpose: To evaluate the dosimetric effect of smooth drilling of proton compensators in proton prostate plans when compared to typical plunge drilling settings. Methods: Twelve prostate patients were planned in Eclipse treatment planning system using three different drill settings Smooth, Plunge drill A, and Plunge drill B. The differences between A and B were: spacing X[cm]: 0.4(A), 0.1(B), spacing Y[cm]: 0.35(A), 0.1(B), row offset [cm]: 0.2(A), 0(B). Planning parameters were kept consistent between the different plans, which utilized two opposed lateral beams arrangement. Mean differences absolute dosimetry in OAR constraints are presented. Results: The smooth drilled compensator based plans yieldedmore » equivalent target coverage to the plans generated with drill settings A and B. Overall, the smooth compensators reduced dose to the majority of organs at risk compared to settings A and B. Constraints were reduced for the following OAR: Rectal V75 by 2.12 and 2.48%, V70 by 2.45 and 2.91%, V65 by 2.85 and 3.37%, V50 by 2.3 and 5.1%, Bladder V65 by 4.49 and 3.67%, Penial Bulb mean by 3.7 and 4.2Gy, and the maximum plan dose 5.3 and 7.4Gy for option A vs smooth and option B vs smooth respectively. The femoral head constraint (V50<5%) was met by all plans, but it was not consistently lower for the smooth drilling plan. Conclusion: Smooth drilled compensators provide equivalent target coverage and overall slightly cooler plans to the majority of organs at risk; it also minimizes the potential dosimetric impacts caused by patient positioning uncertainty.« less
Gomez, Rapson
2014-04-01
The study examined the measurement equivalence for teacher ratings across Malaysian Malay, Chinese and Indian children. Malaysian teachers completed ratings of the ODD symptoms for 574 Malay, 247 Chinese and 98 Indian children. The results supported the equivalences for the configural, metric, and error variances models, and the equivalences for ODD latent variances and mean scores. Together, these findings suggest good support for measurement and structural equivalences of the ODD symptoms across these ethnic groups. The theoretical and clinical implications of the findings for cross-cultural equivalence of the ODD symptoms are discussed. Copyright © 2013 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
A model of distributed phase aberration for deblurring phase estimated from scattering.
Tillett, Jason C; Astheimer, Jeffrey P; Waag, Robert C
2010-01-01
Correction of aberration in ultrasound imaging uses the response of a point reflector or its equivalent to characterize the aberration. Because a point reflector is usually unavailable, its equivalent is obtained using statistical methods, such as processing reflections from multiple focal regions in a random medium. However, the validity of methods that use reflections from multiple points is limited to isoplanatic patches for which the aberration is essentially the same. In this study, aberration is modeled by an offset phase screen to relax the isoplanatic restriction. Methods are developed to determine the depth and phase of the screen and to use the model for compensation of aberration as the beam is steered. Use of the model to enhance the performance of the noted statistical estimation procedure is also described. Experimental results obtained with tissue-mimicking phantoms that implement different models and produce different amounts of aberration are presented to show the efficacy of these methods. The improvement in b-scan resolution realized with the model is illustrated. The results show that the isoplanatic patch assumption for estimation of aberration can be relaxed and that propagation-path characteristics and aberration estimation are closely related.
21 CFR Appendix D to Subpart A of... - Criteria for Assessing Equivalence for Post- and Preapproval
Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR
2013-04-01
... 21 Food and Drugs 1 2013-04-01 2013-04-01 false Criteria for Assessing Equivalence for Post- and... Equivalence for Post- and Preapproval I. Legal/Regulatory authority and structures and procedures providing for post- and preapproval: A. Appropriate statutory mandate and jurisdiction. B. Ability to issue and...
21 CFR Appendix D to Subpart A of... - Criteria for Assessing Equivalence for Post- and Preapproval
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-04-01
... 21 Food and Drugs 1 2014-04-01 2014-04-01 false Criteria for Assessing Equivalence for Post- and... Equivalence for Post- and Preapproval I. Legal/Regulatory authority and structures and procedures providing for post- and preapproval: A. Appropriate statutory mandate and jurisdiction. B. Ability to issue and...
21 CFR Appendix D to Subpart A of... - Criteria for Assessing Equivalence for Post- and Preapproval
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-04-01
... 21 Food and Drugs 1 2012-04-01 2012-04-01 false Criteria for Assessing Equivalence for Post- and... Equivalence for Post- and Preapproval I. Legal/Regulatory authority and structures and procedures providing for post- and preapproval: A. Appropriate statutory mandate and jurisdiction. B. Ability to issue and...
21 CFR Appendix D to Subpart A of... - Criteria for Assessing Equivalence for Post- and Preapproval
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-04-01
... 21 Food and Drugs 1 2011-04-01 2011-04-01 false Criteria for Assessing Equivalence for Post- and... Equivalence for Post- and Preapproval I. Legal/Regulatory authority and structures and procedures providing for post- and preapproval: A. Appropriate statutory mandate and jurisdiction. B. Ability to issue and...
21 CFR Appendix D to Subpart A of... - Criteria for Assessing Equivalence for Post- and Preapproval
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-04-01
... 21 Food and Drugs 1 2010-04-01 2010-04-01 false Criteria for Assessing Equivalence for Post- and... Equivalence for Post- and Preapproval I. Legal/Regulatory authority and structures and procedures providing for post- and preapproval: A. Appropriate statutory mandate and jurisdiction. B. Ability to issue and...
40 CFR 53.14 - Modification of a reference or equivalent method.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-07-01
... 40 Protection of Environment 5 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Modification of a reference or equivalent method. 53.14 Section 53.14 Protection of Environment ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (CONTINUED) AIR PROGRAMS (CONTINUED) AMBIENT AIR MONITORING REFERENCE AND EQUIVALENT METHODS General Provisions...
40 CFR 53.8 - Designation of reference and equivalent methods.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-07-01
... 40 Protection of Environment 5 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Designation of reference and equivalent methods. 53.8 Section 53.8 Protection of Environment ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (CONTINUED) AIR PROGRAMS (CONTINUED) AMBIENT AIR MONITORING REFERENCE AND EQUIVALENT METHODS General Provisions § 53.8...
Sertić, Josip; Kozak, Dražan; Samardžić, Ivan
2014-01-01
The values of reaction forces in the boiler supports are the basis for the dimensioning of bearing steel structure of steam boiler. In this paper, the application of the method of equivalent stiffness of membrane wall is proposed for the calculation of reaction forces. The method of equalizing displacement, as the method of homogenization of membrane wall stiffness, was applied. On the example of "Milano" boiler, using the finite element method, the calculation of reactions in the supports for the real geometry discretized by the shell finite element was made. The second calculation was performed with the assumption of ideal stiffness of membrane walls and the third using the method of equivalent stiffness of membrane wall. In the third case, the membrane walls are approximated by the equivalent orthotropic plate. The approximation of membrane wall stiffness is achieved using the elasticity matrix of equivalent orthotropic plate at the level of finite element. The obtained results were compared, and the advantages of using the method of equivalent stiffness of membrane wall for the calculation of reactions in the boiler supports were emphasized.
Dose Equivalents for Antipsychotic Drugs: The DDD Method.
Leucht, Stefan; Samara, Myrto; Heres, Stephan; Davis, John M
2016-07-01
Dose equivalents of antipsychotics are an important but difficult to define concept, because all methods have weaknesses and strongholds. We calculated dose equivalents based on defined daily doses (DDDs) presented by the World Health Organisation's Collaborative Center for Drug Statistics Methodology. Doses equivalent to 1mg olanzapine, 1mg risperidone, 1mg haloperidol, and 100mg chlorpromazine were presented and compared with the results of 3 other methods to define dose equivalence (the "minimum effective dose method," the "classical mean dose method," and an international consensus statement). We presented dose equivalents for 57 first-generation and second-generation antipsychotic drugs, available as oral, parenteral, or depot formulations. Overall, the identified equivalent doses were comparable with those of the other methods, but there were also outliers. The major strength of this method to define dose response is that DDDs are available for most drugs, including old antipsychotics, that they are based on a variety of sources, and that DDDs are an internationally accepted measure. The major limitations are that the information used to estimate DDDS is likely to differ between the drugs. Moreover, this information is not publicly available, so that it cannot be reviewed. The WHO stresses that DDDs are mainly a standardized measure of drug consumption, and their use as a measure of dose equivalence can therefore be misleading. We, therefore, recommend that if alternative, more "scientific" dose equivalence methods are available for a drug they should be preferred to DDDs. Moreover, our summary can be a useful resource for pharmacovigilance studies. © The Author 2016. Published by Oxford University Press on behalf of the Maryland Psychiatric Research Center. All rights reserved. For permissions, please email: journals.permissions@oup.com.
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Rosenzweig, P.; Morrison, N. D.
1986-01-01
Five early B-type stars near the main-sequence turnoff in NGC 457 have been observed at low dispersion with the short-wavelength prime and the long-wavelength redundant cameras of the IUE satellite. The equivalent widths of spectral features that are particularly strong and sensitive to temperature and luminosity were computed in the cluster stars and in 20 lightly reddened stars of types O9-B3 and luminosity classes III-V. The comparison of the equivalent widths provides a reliable method for finding matching pairs. Having identified the best comparison star for each program star, binned fluxes were used to determine the mean extinction curve. In order to cover the visible region, monochromatic fluxes of Phi Cas were derived from observations with the intensified Reticon scanner mounted on the No. 2 0.9 m telescope of KPNO, and they were dereddened with the mean extinction curve of Savage and Mathis. Thus, the intrinsic energy distribution of Phi Cas were determined from 1500 to 5800 A for use in a detailed model-atmosphere analysis.
21 CFR 610.9 - Equivalent methods and processes.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-04-01
... 21 Food and Drugs 7 2011-04-01 2010-04-01 true Equivalent methods and processes. 610.9 Section 610.9 Food and Drugs FOOD AND DRUG ADMINISTRATION, DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES (CONTINUED) BIOLOGICS GENERAL BIOLOGICAL PRODUCTS STANDARDS General Provisions § 610.9 Equivalent methods and processes...
21 CFR 610.9 - Equivalent methods and processes.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-04-01
... 21 Food and Drugs 7 2010-04-01 2010-04-01 false Equivalent methods and processes. 610.9 Section 610.9 Food and Drugs FOOD AND DRUG ADMINISTRATION, DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES (CONTINUED) BIOLOGICS GENERAL BIOLOGICAL PRODUCTS STANDARDS General Provisions § 610.9 Equivalent methods and processes...
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Ko, William L.; Chen, Tony
2006-01-01
The previously developed Ko closed-form aging theory has been reformulated into a more compact mathematical form for easier application. A new equivalent loading theory and empirical loading theories have also been developed and incorporated into the revised Ko aging theory for the prediction of a safe operational life of airborne failure-critical structural components. The new set of aging and loading theories were applied to predict the safe number of flights for the B-52B aircraft to carry a launch vehicle, the structural life of critical components consumed by load excursion to proof load value, and the ground-sitting life of B-52B pylon failure-critical structural components. A special life prediction method was developed for the preflight predictions of operational life of failure-critical structural components of the B-52H pylon system, for which no flight data are available.
Coupled vibration of isotropic metal hollow cylinders with large geometrical dimensions
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Lin, Shuyu
2007-08-01
In this paper, the coupled vibration of isotropic metal hollow cylinders with large geometrical dimensions is studied by using an approximate analytic method. According to this method, when the equivalent mechanical coupling coefficient that is defined as the stress ratio is introduced, the coupled vibration of a metal hollow cylinder is reduced to two equivalent one-dimensional vibrations, one is an equivalent longitudinal extensional vibration in the height direction of the cylinder, and the other is an equivalent plane radial vibration in the radius direction. These two equivalent vibrations are coupled to each other by the equivalent mechanical coupling coefficient. The resonance frequency equation of metal hollow cylinders in coupled vibration is derived and longitudinal and radial resonance frequencies are computed. For comparison, the resonance frequencies of the hollow cylinders are also computed by using numerical method. The analysis shows that the results from these two methods are in a good agreement with each other.
Simulation-Based Prediction of Equivalent Continuous Noises during Construction Processes
Zhang, Hong; Pei, Yun
2016-01-01
Quantitative prediction of construction noise is crucial to evaluate construction plans to help make decisions to address noise levels. Considering limitations of existing methods for measuring or predicting the construction noise and particularly the equivalent continuous noise level over a period of time, this paper presents a discrete-event simulation method for predicting the construction noise in terms of equivalent continuous level. The noise-calculating models regarding synchronization, propagation and equivalent continuous level are presented. The simulation framework for modeling the noise-affected factors and calculating the equivalent continuous noise by incorporating the noise-calculating models into simulation strategy is proposed. An application study is presented to demonstrate and justify the proposed simulation method in predicting the equivalent continuous noise during construction. The study contributes to provision of a simulation methodology to quantitatively predict the equivalent continuous noise of construction by considering the relevant uncertainties, dynamics and interactions. PMID:27529266
Simulation-Based Prediction of Equivalent Continuous Noises during Construction Processes.
Zhang, Hong; Pei, Yun
2016-08-12
Quantitative prediction of construction noise is crucial to evaluate construction plans to help make decisions to address noise levels. Considering limitations of existing methods for measuring or predicting the construction noise and particularly the equivalent continuous noise level over a period of time, this paper presents a discrete-event simulation method for predicting the construction noise in terms of equivalent continuous level. The noise-calculating models regarding synchronization, propagation and equivalent continuous level are presented. The simulation framework for modeling the noise-affected factors and calculating the equivalent continuous noise by incorporating the noise-calculating models into simulation strategy is proposed. An application study is presented to demonstrate and justify the proposed simulation method in predicting the equivalent continuous noise during construction. The study contributes to provision of a simulation methodology to quantitatively predict the equivalent continuous noise of construction by considering the relevant uncertainties, dynamics and interactions.
Apparent Yield Strength of Hot-Pressed SiCs
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Daloz, William L; Wereszczak, Andrew A; Jadaan, Osama M.
2008-01-01
Apparent yield strengths (YApp) of four hot-pressed silicon carbides (SiC-B, SiC-N,SiC-HPN, and SiC-SC-1RN) were estimated using diamond spherical or Hertzian indentation. The von Mises and Tresca criteria were considered. The developed test method was robust, simple and quick to execute, and thusly enabled the acquisition of confident sampling statistics. The choice of indenter size, test method, and method of analysis are described. The compressive force necessary to initiate apparent yielding was identified postmortem using differential interference contrast (or Nomarski) imaging with an optical microscope. It was found that the YApp of SiC-HPN (14.0 GPa) was approximately 10% higher than themore » equivalently valued YApp of SiC-B, SiC-N, and SiC-SC-1RN. This discrimination in YApp shows that the use of this test method could be insightful because there were no differences among the average Knoop hardnesses of the four SiC grades.« less
Perturbation theory for arbitrary coupling strength?
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Mahapatra, Bimal P.; Pradhan, Noubihary
2018-03-01
We present a new formulation of perturbation theory for quantum systems, designated here as: “mean field perturbation theory” (MFPT), which is free from power-series-expansion in any physical parameter, including the coupling strength. Its application is thereby extended to deal with interactions of arbitrary strength and to compute system-properties having non-analytic dependence on the coupling, thus overcoming the primary limitations of the “standard formulation of perturbation theory” (SFPT). MFPT is defined by developing perturbation about a chosen input Hamiltonian, which is exactly solvable but which acquires the nonlinearity and the analytic structure (in the coupling strength) of the original interaction through a self-consistent, feedback mechanism. We demonstrate Borel-summability of MFPT for the case of the quartic- and sextic-anharmonic oscillators and the quartic double-well oscillator (QDWO) by obtaining uniformly accurate results for the ground state of the above systems for arbitrary physical values of the coupling strength. The results obtained for the QDWO may be of particular significance since “renormalon”-free, unambiguous results are achieved for its spectrum in contrast to the well-known failure of SFPT in this case.
Sertić, Josip; Kozak, Dražan; Samardžić, Ivan
2014-01-01
The values of reaction forces in the boiler supports are the basis for the dimensioning of bearing steel structure of steam boiler. In this paper, the application of the method of equivalent stiffness of membrane wall is proposed for the calculation of reaction forces. The method of equalizing displacement, as the method of homogenization of membrane wall stiffness, was applied. On the example of “Milano” boiler, using the finite element method, the calculation of reactions in the supports for the real geometry discretized by the shell finite element was made. The second calculation was performed with the assumption of ideal stiffness of membrane walls and the third using the method of equivalent stiffness of membrane wall. In the third case, the membrane walls are approximated by the equivalent orthotropic plate. The approximation of membrane wall stiffness is achieved using the elasticity matrix of equivalent orthotropic plate at the level of finite element. The obtained results were compared, and the advantages of using the method of equivalent stiffness of membrane wall for the calculation of reactions in the boiler supports were emphasized. PMID:24959612
Subspace Iteration and Immersed Interface Methods: Theory, Algorithm, and Applications
2010-08-20
boundary, Navier-Stokes equations Zhilin Li, Kazufumi Ito North Carolina State University Office of Contract and Grants Leazar Hall Lower Level- MC...ORGANIZATION REPORT NUMBER 19a. NAME OF RESPONSIBLE PERSON 19b. TELEPHONE NUMBER Zhilin Li 919-515-3210 3. DATES COVERED (From - To) 15-Aug-2006...Names of Faculty Supported National Academy MemberPERCENT_SUPPORTEDNAME Zhilin Li 0.40 No Kazufumi Ito 0.40 No 0.80FTE Equivalent: 2Total Number
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Kilpatrick, Brian M.; Tucker, Gregory S.; Lewis, Nikole K.
2017-01-01
We measure the 4.5 μ m thermal emission of five transiting hot Jupiters, WASP-13b, WASP-15b, WASP-16b, WASP-62b, and HAT-P-22b using channel 2 of the Infrared Array Camera (IRAC) on the Spitzer Space Telescope . Significant intrapixel sensitivity variations in Spitzer IRAC data require careful correction in order to achieve precision on the order of several hundred parts per million (ppm) for the measurement of exoplanet secondary eclipses. We determine eclipse depths by first correcting the raw data using three independent data reduction methods. The Pixel Gain Map (PMAP), Nearest Neighbors (NNBR), and Pixel Level Decorrelation (PLD) each correct for themore » intrapixel sensitivity effect in Spitzer photometric time-series observations. The results from each methodology are compared against each other to establish if they reach a statistically equivalent result in every case and to evaluate their ability to minimize uncertainty in the measurement. We find that all three methods produce reliable results. For every planet examined here NNBR and PLD produce results that are in statistical agreement. However, the PMAP method appears to produce results in slight disagreement in cases where the stellar centroid is not kept consistently on the most well characterized area of the detector. We evaluate the ability of each method to reduce the scatter in the residuals as well as in the correlated noise in the corrected data. The NNBR and PLD methods consistently minimize both white and red noise levels and should be considered reliable and consistent. The planets in this study span equilibrium temperatures from 1100 to 2000 K and have brightness temperatures that require either high albedo or efficient recirculation. However, it is possible that other processes such as clouds or disequilibrium chemistry may also be responsible for producing these brightness temperatures.« less
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Kilpatrick, Brian M.; Lewis, Nikole K.; Kataria, Tiffany; Deming, Drake; Ingalls, James G.; Krick, Jessica E.; Tucker, Gregory S.
2017-01-01
We measure the 4.5 μm thermal emission of five transiting hot Jupiters, WASP-13b, WASP-15b, WASP-16b, WASP-62b, and HAT-P-22b using channel 2 of the Infrared Array Camera (IRAC) on the Spitzer Space Telescope. Significant intrapixel sensitivity variations in Spitzer IRAC data require careful correction in order to achieve precision on the order of several hundred parts per million (ppm) for the measurement of exoplanet secondary eclipses. We determine eclipse depths by first correcting the raw data using three independent data reduction methods. The Pixel Gain Map (PMAP), Nearest Neighbors (NNBR), and Pixel Level Decorrelation (PLD) each correct for the intrapixel sensitivity effect in Spitzer photometric time-series observations. The results from each methodology are compared against each other to establish if they reach a statistically equivalent result in every case and to evaluate their ability to minimize uncertainty in the measurement. We find that all three methods produce reliable results. For every planet examined here NNBR and PLD produce results that are in statistical agreement. However, the PMAP method appears to produce results in slight disagreement in cases where the stellar centroid is not kept consistently on the most well characterized area of the detector. We evaluate the ability of each method to reduce the scatter in the residuals as well as in the correlated noise in the corrected data. The NNBR and PLD methods consistently minimize both white and red noise levels and should be considered reliable and consistent. The planets in this study span equilibrium temperatures from 1100 to 2000 K and have brightness temperatures that require either high albedo or efficient recirculation. However, it is possible that other processes such as clouds or disequilibrium chemistry may also be responsible for producing these brightness temperatures.
Obuchowski, N A
2001-10-15
Electronic medical images are an efficient and convenient format in which to display, store and transmit radiographic information. Before electronic images can be used routinely to screen and diagnose patients, however, it must be shown that readers have the same diagnostic performance with this new format as traditional hard-copy film. Currently, there exist no suitable definitions of diagnostic equivalence. In this paper we propose two criteria for diagnostic equivalence. The first criterion ('population equivalence') considers the variability between and within readers, as well as the mean reader performance. This criterion is useful for most applications. The second criterion ('individual equivalence') involves a comparison of the test results for individual patients and is necessary when patients are followed radiographically over time. We present methods for testing both individual and population equivalence. The properties of the proposed methods are assessed in a Monte Carlo simulation study. Data from a mammography screening study is used to illustrate the proposed methods and compare them with results from more conventional methods of assessing equivalence and inter-procedure agreement. Copyright 2001 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.
Improving the color of bulgur: new industrial applications of tempering and UV/sun-light treatments.
Balci, Fatih; Bayram, Mustafa
2015-09-01
Color (CIE b*; yellowness) is an important parameter for bulgur quality. Color of bulgur is mainly due to natural pigments (carotenoids) that are present at different levels in wheat. In order to increase the customer acceptability, the producers try to obtain yellowish color in bulgur. In this study, two different tempering methods (spray and steam) were used before sun and UV- light polishing applications. Sun and UV-light were applied to tempered bulgur for 12, 24, 36, 48, 60 and 72 h. Moisture content (%, d.b.), ash content (%, d.b.), protein content (%, d.b.), total carotenoid content in terms of lutein equivalent (TCC) and color values (CIE L*; lightness, CIE b*; yellowness, CIE a*; redness and CIE YI; yellowness index) were determined. It was found that UV-light was more effective (P < 0.05) on the CIE L* and CIE b* values compared to sunlight. Both tempering methods were significantly (P < 0.05) increased the CIE L*, CIE b* and CIE YI values. Steam tempering has a significant effect (P < 0.05) on the CIE b* values as well as UV and time of UV exposure. The highest value of TCC i.e. 6.31 μg/g was obtained by using spray tempering and UV-light exposure. As a conclusion, as proposed methods steam tempering and UV-light have an obvious positive effect on the color of bulgur.
Review of Recent Development of Dynamic Wind Farm Equivalent Models Based on Big Data Mining
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Wang, Chenggen; Zhou, Qian; Han, Mingzhe; Lv, Zhan’ao; Hou, Xiao; Zhao, Haoran; Bu, Jing
2018-04-01
Recently, the big data mining method has been applied in dynamic wind farm equivalent modeling. In this paper, its recent development with present research both domestic and overseas is reviewed. Firstly, the studies of wind speed prediction, equivalence and its distribution in the wind farm are concluded. Secondly, two typical approaches used in the big data mining method is introduced, respectively. For single wind turbine equivalent modeling, it focuses on how to choose and identify equivalent parameters. For multiple wind turbine equivalent modeling, the following three aspects are concentrated, i.e. aggregation of different wind turbine clusters, the parameters in the same cluster, and equivalence of collector system. Thirdly, an outlook on the development of dynamic wind farm equivalent models in the future is discussed.
10 CFR 95.31 - Protective personnel.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-01-01
... equivalent) if the licensee, certificate holder, or other person possesses information classified... Information. (b) Possess a “Q” access authorization (or CSA equivalent) if the licensee, certificate holder... vulnerability information; and certain particularly sensitive Naval Nuclear Propulsion Program information (e.g...
10 CFR 95.31 - Protective personnel.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-01-01
... equivalent) if the licensee, certificate holder, or other person possesses information classified... Information. (b) Possess a “Q” access authorization (or CSA equivalent) if the licensee, certificate holder... vulnerability information; and certain particularly sensitive Naval Nuclear Propulsion Program information (e.g...
El Gayar, Nesreen H.; Georgy, Sonia S.
2016-01-01
Background. Ibuprofen is used chronically in different animal models of inflammation by administration in drinking water or in diet due to its short half-life. Though this practice has been used for years, ibuprofen doses were never assayed against parenteral dose–response curves. This study aims at identifying the equivalent intraperitoneal (i.p.) doses of ibuprofen, when it is administered in drinking water or in diet. Methods. Bioassays were performed using formalin test and incisional pain model for antinociceptive efficacy and serum TXB2 for eicosanoid inhibitory activity. The dose–response curve of i.p. administered ibuprofen was constructed for each test using 50, 75, 100 and 200 mg/kg body weight (b.w.). The dose–response curves were constructed of phase 2a of the formalin test (the most sensitive phase to COX inhibitory agents), the area under the ‘change in mechanical threshold’-time curve in the incisional pain model and serum TXB2 levels. The assayed ibuprofen concentrations administered in drinking water were 0.2, 0.35, 0.6 mg/ml and those administered in diet were 82, 263, 375 mg/kg diet. Results. The 3 concentrations applied in drinking water lay between 73.6 and 85.5 mg/kg b.w., i.p., in case of the formalin test; between 58.9 and 77.8 mg/kg b.w., i.p., in case of the incisional pain model; and between 71.8 and 125.8 mg/kg b.w., i.p., in case of serum TXB2 levels. The 3 concentrations administered in diet lay between 67.6 and 83.8 mg/kg b.w., i.p., in case of the formalin test; between 52.7 and 68.6 mg/kg b.w., i.p., in case of the incisional pain model; and between 63.6 and 92.5 mg/kg b.w., i.p., in case of serum TXB2 levels. Discussion. The increment in pharmacological effects of different doses of continuously administered ibuprofen in drinking water or diet do not parallel those of i.p. administered ibuprofen. It is therefore difficult to assume the equivalent parenteral daily doses based on mathematical calculations. PMID:27547547
Study of noise level at Raja Haji Fisabilillah airport in Tanjung Pinang, Riau Islands
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Nofriandi, H.; Wijayanti, A.; Fachrul, M. F.
2018-01-01
Raja Haji Fisabilillah International Airport is a central airport located in Kampung Mekarsari, Pinang Kencana District, Tanjung Pinang City, Riau Islands Province. The aims of this study are to determine noise level at the airport and to calculate noise index using WECPNL (Weighted Equivalent Continuous Perceived Noise Level) method. The method using recommendations from the International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO), the measurement point is based on at a distance of 300 meters parallel to the runway, as well as 1000 meters, 2000 meters, 3000 meters and 4000 meters from the runway end. The results at point 3 was 75.30 dB(A). Based on the noise intensity result, Boeing aircraft 737-500 was considered as the highest in the airport surrounding area, which is 95.24 dB(A) and the lowest was at point 12 with a value of 37,24 dB(A). Mapping contour shows that 3 areas of noise and point 3 with 75,30 dB(A) were considered as second level area and were complied to the standard required.
Naming, the formation of stimulus classes, and applied behavior analysis.
Stromer, R; Mackay, H A; Remington, B
1996-01-01
The methods used in Sidman's original studies on equivalence classes provide a framework for analyzing functional verbal behavior. Sidman and others have shown how teaching receptive, name-referent matching may produce rudimentary oral reading and word comprehension skills. Eikeseth and Smith (1992) have extended these findings by showing that children with autism may acquire equivalence classes after learning to supply a common oral name to each stimulus in a potential class. A stimulus class analysis suggests ways to examine (a) the problem of programming generalization from teaching situations to other environments, (b) the expansion of the repertoires that occur in those settings, and (c) the use of naming to facilitate these forms of generalization. Such research will help to clarify and extend Horne and Lowe's recent (1996) account of the role of verbal behavior in the formation of stimulus classes.
Zhou, Joyce; Manuel, Rachel; Dal Forno, Serena; Rutolo, David
2018-01-01
The administration of biological compounds that optimize health benefits is an ever-evolving therapeutic goal. Pharmaceutical and other adjunctive biological compounds have been administered via many different routes in order to produce a systemic pharmacological effect. The article summarizes the findings from an Australian comparative study in adults administered vitamin B12 through different oral delivery platforms. A total of 16 subjects (9 males, 7 females) voluntarily partook in a comparative clinical study of five different vitamin B12 formulations across a six-month period, completing 474 person-hours of cumulative contribution, that was equivalent to an n = 60 participation. A nanoparticle delivered vitamin B12 through a NanoCelle platform was observed to be significantly (p < 0.05) better absorbed than all other dose equivalent platforms (i.e., tablets, emulsions, or liposomes) from baseline to 1, 3, and 6 h of the study period. The nanoparticle platform delivered vitamin B12 demonstrated an enhanced and significant absorption profile as exemplified by rapid systemic detection (i.e., 1 h from baseline) when administered to the oro-buccal mucosa with no reports of any adverse events of toxicity. The nanoparticle formulation of methylcobalamin (1000 µg/dose in 0.3 mL volume) showed bioequivalence only with a chewable-dissolvable tablet that administered a five times higher dose of methylcobalamin (5000 µg) per tablet. This study has demonstrated that an active metabolite embedded in a functional biomaterial (NanoCelle) may constitute a drug delivery method that can better access the circulatory system. PMID:29361736
van der Voet, Hilko; Goedhart, Paul W; Schmidt, Kerstin
2017-11-01
An equivalence testing method is described to assess the safety of regulated products using relevant data obtained in historical studies with assumedly safe reference products. The method is illustrated using data from a series of animal feeding studies with genetically modified and reference maize varieties. Several criteria for quantifying equivalence are discussed, and study-corrected distribution-wise equivalence is selected as being appropriate for the example case study. An equivalence test is proposed based on a high probability of declaring equivalence in a simplified situation, where there is no between-group variation, where the historical and current studies have the same residual variance, and where the current study is assumed to have a sample size as set by a regulator. The method makes use of generalized fiducial inference methods to integrate uncertainties from both the historical and the current data. Copyright © 2017 The Authors. Published by Elsevier Ltd.. All rights reserved.
Tahmasebi Birgani, Mohamad J; Chegeni, Nahid; Zabihzadeh, Mansoor; Hamzian, Nima
2014-01-01
Equivalent field is frequently used for central axis depth-dose calculations of rectangular- and irregular-shaped photon beams. As most of the proposed models to calculate the equivalent square field are dosimetry based, a simple physical-based method to calculate the equivalent square field size was used as the basis of this study. The table of the sides of the equivalent square or rectangular fields was constructed and then compared with the well-known tables by BJR and Venselaar, et al. with the average relative error percentage of 2.5 ± 2.5% and 1.5 ± 1.5%, respectively. To evaluate the accuracy of this method, the percentage depth doses (PDDs) were measured for some special irregular symmetric and asymmetric treatment fields and their equivalent squares for Siemens Primus Plus linear accelerator for both energies, 6 and 18MV. The mean relative differences of PDDs measurement for these fields and their equivalent square was approximately 1% or less. As a result, this method can be employed to calculate equivalent field not only for rectangular fields but also for any irregular symmetric or asymmetric field. © 2013 American Association of Medical Dosimetrists Published by American Association of Medical Dosimetrists All rights reserved.
14 CFR 249.20 - Preservation of records by certificated air carriers.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-01-01
... receivable or payable, detailed journals and ledgers or their equivalents, together with supporting papers Do. (b) General accounts receivable or payable, detailed journals and ledgers or their equivalents... internal audits and procedural studies; operational, management, accounting, financial, and legal service...
14 CFR 249.20 - Preservation of records by certificated air carriers.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR
2013-01-01
... receivable or payable, detailed journals and ledgers or their equivalents, together with supporting papers Do. (b) General accounts receivable or payable, detailed journals and ledgers or their equivalents... internal audits and procedural studies; operational, management, accounting, financial, and legal service...
14 CFR 249.20 - Preservation of records by certificated air carriers.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-01-01
... receivable or payable, detailed journals and ledgers or their equivalents, together with supporting papers Do. (b) General accounts receivable or payable, detailed journals and ledgers or their equivalents... internal audits and procedural studies; operational, management, accounting, financial, and legal service...
1989-01-01
25 wt % Solid Sorbent Collection solution in water 1. Glass tubing (6.0 mm OD, (Aldrich G400-y or equivalent) 4.0 mm ID) 2. 2,4- Dinitrophenylhydrazine ... dinitrophenylhydrazine in boiling 4M HCI. When the DNPH has dissolved completely, cool the Folution in an ice bath. Collect the yellow crystalline precipitate... dinitrophenylhydrazine . Add the aldehyde in excess to assure that no underivatized DNPH remains. Extract the derivative with dichloromethane. Remove the
Equivalent linearization for fatigue life estimates of a nonlinear structure
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Miles, R. N.
1989-01-01
An analysis is presented of the suitability of the method of equivalent linearization for estimating the fatigue life of a nonlinear structure. Comparisons are made of the fatigue life of a nonlinear plate as predicted using conventional equivalent linearization and three other more accurate methods. The excitation of the plate is assumed to be Gaussian white noise and the plate response is modeled using a single resonant mode. The methods used for comparison consist of numerical simulation, a probabalistic formulation, and a modification of equivalent linearization which avoids the usual assumption that the response process is Gaussian. Remarkably close agreement is obtained between all four methods, even for cases where the response is significantly linear.
An alternative approach for computing seismic response with accidental eccentricity
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Fan, Xuanhua; Yin, Jiacong; Sun, Shuli; Chen, Pu
2014-09-01
Accidental eccentricity is a non-standard assumption for seismic design of tall buildings. Taking it into consideration requires reanalysis of seismic resistance, which requires either time consuming computation of natural vibration of eccentric structures or finding a static displacement solution by applying an approximated equivalent torsional moment for each eccentric case. This study proposes an alternative modal response spectrum analysis (MRSA) approach to calculate seismic responses with accidental eccentricity. The proposed approach, called the Rayleigh Ritz Projection-MRSA (RRP-MRSA), is developed based on MRSA and two strategies: (a) a RRP method to obtain a fast calculation of approximate modes of eccentric structures; and (b) an approach to assemble mass matrices of eccentric structures. The efficiency of RRP-MRSA is tested via engineering examples and compared with the standard MRSA (ST-MRSA) and one approximate method, i.e., the equivalent torsional moment hybrid MRSA (ETM-MRSA). Numerical results show that RRP-MRSA not only achieves almost the same precision as ST-MRSA, and is much better than ETM-MRSA, but is also more economical. Thus, RRP-MRSA can be in place of current accidental eccentricity computations in seismic design.
A non-commutative *-algebra of Borel functions
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Hart, Robert
To the pair (E, sigma), where E is a countable Borel equivalence relation on a standard Borel space ( X, A ) and sigma a normalized Borel T -valued 2-cocycle on E, we associate a sequentially weakly closed Borel *-algebra B*r (E, sigma), contained in the bounded linear operators on ℓ2(E). Associated to B*r (E, sigma) is a natural (Borel) Cartan subalgebra (Definition 6.4.10) L( Bo (X)) isomorphic to the bounded Borel functions on X. Then L( Bo (X)) and its normalizer (the set of the unitaries u ∈ B*r (E, sigma) such that u* fu ∈ L( Bo (X)), f ∈ L( Bo (X))) countably generates the Borel *-algebra B*r (E, sigma). In this thesis, we study B*r (E, sigma) and in particular prove that: i) If E is smooth, then B*r (E, sigma) is a type I Borel *-algebra (Definition 6.3.10). ii) If E is a hyperfinite, then B*r (E, sigma) is a Borel AF-algebra (Definition 7.5.1). iii) Generalizing Kumjian's definition, we define a Borel twist Gamma over E and its associated sequentially closed Borel *-algebra B*r (Gamma). iv) Let a Borel Cartan pair ( B,B0 ) denote a sequentially closed Borel *-algebra B with a Borel Cartan subalgebra B0 , where B is countably B0 -generated. Generalizing Feldman-Moore's result, we prove that any pair ( B,B0 ) can be realized uniquely as a pair ( B*r (E, sigma), L( Bo (X))). Moreover, we show that the pair ( B*r (E), L( Bo (X))) is a complete invariant of the countable Borel equivalence relation E. v) We prove a Krieger type theorem, by showing that two aperiodic hyperfinite countable equivalence relations are isomorphic if and only if their associated Borel *-algebras B*r (E1) and B*r (E2) are isomorphic.
Equivalent radiation source of 3D package for electromagnetic characteristics analysis
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Li, Jun; Wei, Xingchang; Shu, Yufei
2017-10-01
An equivalent radiation source method is proposed to characterize electromagnetic emission and interference of complex three dimensional integrated circuits (IC) in this paper. The method utilizes amplitude-only near-field scanning data to reconstruct an equivalent magnetic dipole array, and the differential evolution optimization algorithm is proposed to extract the locations, orientation and moments of those dipoles. By importing the equivalent dipoles model into a 3D full-wave simulator together with the victim circuit model, the electromagnetic interference issues in mixed RF/digital systems can be well predicted. A commercial IC is used to validate the accuracy and efficiency of this proposed method. The coupled power at the victim antenna port calculated by the equivalent radiation source is compared with the measured data. Good consistency is obtained which confirms the validity and efficiency of the method. Project supported by the National Nature Science Foundation of China (No. 61274110).
A MEMS disk resonator-based band pass filter electrical equivalent circuit simulation
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Sundaram, G. M.; Angira, Mahesh; Gupta, Navneet
In this paper, coupled beam bandpass Disk filter is designed for 1 MHz bandwidth. Filter electrical equivalent circuit simulation is performed using circuit simulators. Important filter parameters such as insertion loss, shape factor and Q factor aresetimated using coventorware simulation. Disk resonator based radial contour mode filter provides 1.5 MHz bandwidth and unloaded quality factor of resonator and filter as 233480, 21797 respectively. From the simulation result it’s found that insertion loss minimum is 151.49 dB, insertion loss maximum is 213.94 dB, and 40 dB shape factor is 4.17.
Detecting overpressure using the Eaton and Equivalent Depth methods in Offshore Nova Scotia, Canada
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Ernanda; Primasty, A. Q. T.; Akbar, K. A.
2018-03-01
Overpressure is an abnormal high subsurface pressure of any fluids which exceeds the hydrostatic pressure of column of water or formation brine. In Offshore Nova Scotia Canada, the values and depth of overpressure zone are determined using the eaton and equivalent depth method, based on well data and the normal compaction trend analysis. Since equivalent depth method is using effective vertical stress principle and Eaton method considers physical property ratio (velocity). In this research, pressure evaluation only applicable on Penobscot L-30 well. An abnormal pressure is detected at depth 11804 feet as possibly overpressure zone, based on pressure gradient curve and calculation between the Eaton method (7241.3 psi) and Equivalent Depth method (6619.4 psi). Shales within Abenaki formation especially Baccaro Member is estimated as possible overpressure zone due to hydrocarbon generation mechanism.
10 CFR Appendix B to Part 73 - General Criteria for Security Personnel
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-01-01
... or pass an equivalent performance examination designed to measure basic job-related mathematical... equivalent performance examination designed to measure basic mathematical, language, and reasoning skills... administered by a licensed physician. The examination shall be designed to measure the individual's physical...
47 CFR 74.534 - Power limitations.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR
2013-10-01
..., transmitter output power shall not exceed 10 watts. (b) In no event shall the average equivalent isotropically..., order a change in the equivalent isotropically radiated power of this station. Frequency band (MHz..., subject to periodic renewal. (c) The EIRP of transmitters that use Automatic Transmitter Power Control...
47 CFR 74.534 - Power limitations.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-10-01
..., transmitter output power shall not exceed 10 watts. (b) In no event shall the average equivalent isotropically..., order a change in the equivalent isotropically radiated power of this station. Frequency band (MHz..., subject to periodic renewal. (c) The EIRP of transmitters that use Automatic Transmitter Power Control...
14 CFR 25.1329 - Flight guidance system.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-01-01
... (or equivalent). The autothrust quick disengagement controls must be located on the thrust control... wheel (or equivalent) and thrust control levers. (b) The effects of a failure of the system to disengage... guidance system. (a) Quick disengagement controls for the autopilot and autothrust functions must be...
14 CFR 25.1329 - Flight guidance system.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-01-01
... (or equivalent). The autothrust quick disengagement controls must be located on the thrust control... wheel (or equivalent) and thrust control levers. (b) The effects of a failure of the system to disengage... guidance system. (a) Quick disengagement controls for the autopilot and autothrust functions must be...
14 CFR 25.1329 - Flight guidance system.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-01-01
... (or equivalent). The autothrust quick disengagement controls must be located on the thrust control... wheel (or equivalent) and thrust control levers. (b) The effects of a failure of the system to disengage... guidance system. (a) Quick disengagement controls for the autopilot and autothrust functions must be...
14 CFR 25.1329 - Flight guidance system.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR
2013-01-01
... (or equivalent). The autothrust quick disengagement controls must be located on the thrust control... wheel (or equivalent) and thrust control levers. (b) The effects of a failure of the system to disengage... guidance system. (a) Quick disengagement controls for the autopilot and autothrust functions must be...
14 CFR 25.1329 - Flight guidance system.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-01-01
... (or equivalent). The autothrust quick disengagement controls must be located on the thrust control... wheel (or equivalent) and thrust control levers. (b) The effects of a failure of the system to disengage... guidance system. (a) Quick disengagement controls for the autopilot and autothrust functions must be...
Variation in PTCHD2, CRISP3, NAP1L4, FSCB, and AP3B2 associated with spherical equivalent
Chen, Fei; Duggal, Priya; Klein, Barbara E.K.; Lee, Kristine E.; Truitt, Barbara; Klein, Ronald; Iyengar, Sudha K.
2016-01-01
Purpose Ocular refraction is measured in spherical equivalent as the power of the external lens required to focus images on the retina. Myopia (nearsightedness) and hyperopia (farsightedness) are the most common refractive errors, and the leading causes of visual impairment and blindness in the world. The goal of this study is to identify rare and low-frequency variants that influence spherical equivalent. Methods We conducted variant-level and gene-level quantitative trait association analyses for mean spherical equivalent, using data from 1,560 individuals in the Beaver Dam Eye Study. Genotyping was conducted using the Illumina exome array. We analyzed 34,976 single nucleotide variants and 11,571 autosomal genes across the genome, using single-variant tests as well as gene-based tests. Results Spherical equivalent was significantly associated with five genes in gene-based analysis: PTCHD2 at 1p36.22 (p = 3.6 × 10−7), CRISP3 at 6p12.3 (p = 4.3 × 10−6), NAP1L4 at 11p15.5 (p = 3.6 × 10−6), FSCB at 14q21.2 (p = 1.5 × 10−7), and AP3B2 at 15q25.2 (p = 1.6 × 10−7). The variant-based tests identified evidence suggestive of association with two novel variants in linkage disequilibrium (pairwise r2 = 0.80) in the TCTE1 gene region at 6p21.1 (rs2297336, minor allele frequency (MAF) = 14.1%, β = –0.62 p = 3.7 × 10−6; rs324146, MAF = 16.9%, β = –0.55, p = 1.4 × 10−5). In addition to these novel findings, we successfully replicated a previously reported association with rs634990 near GJD2 at 15q14 (MAF = 47%, β = –0.29, p=1.8 × 10−3). We also found evidence of association with spherical equivalent on 2q37.1 in PRSS56 at rs1550094 (MAF = 31%, β = –0.33, p = 1.7 × 10−3), a region previously associated with myopia. Conclusions We identified several novel candidate genes that may play a role in the control of spherical equivalent. However, further studies are needed to replicate these findings. In addition, our results contribute to the increasing evidence that variation in the GJD2 and PRSS56 genes influence the development of refractive errors. Identifying that variation in these genes is associated with spherical equivalent may provide further insight into the etiology of myopia and consequent vision loss. PMID:27440996
Grayscale imbalance correction in real-time phase measuring profilometry
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Zhu, Lin; Cao, Yiping; He, Dawu; Chen, Cheng
2016-10-01
Grayscale imbalance correction in real-time phase measuring profilometry (RPMP) is proposed. In the RPMP, the sufficient information is obtained to reconstruct the 3D shape of the measured object in one over twenty-four of a second. Only one color fringe pattern whose R, G and B channels are coded as three sinusoidal phase-shifting gratings with an equivalent shifting phase of 2π/3 is sent to a flash memory on a specialized digital light projector (SDLP). And then the SDLP projects the fringe patterns in R, G and B channels sequentially onto the measured object in one over seventy-two of a second and meanwhile a monochrome CCD camera captures the corresponding deformed patterns synchronously with the SDLP. Because the deformed patterns from three color channels are captured at different time, the color crosstalk is avoided completely. But due to the monochrome CCD camera's different spectral sensitivity to R, G and B tricolor, there will be grayscale imbalance among these deformed patterns captured at R, G and B channels respectively which may result in increasing measuring errors or even failing to reconstruct the 3D shape. So a new grayscale imbalance correction method based on least square method is developed. The experimental results verify the feasibility of the proposed method.
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Adelman, Saul J.
1991-09-01
This paper presents elemental abundance analyses of sharp-lined normal late B stars. These stars exhibit mostly near-solar abundances, but each star also shows a few abundances which are a factor of 2 less than solar. The coadded photographic spectrograms are supplemented with Reticon data. A comparison of 261 equivalent widths on 2.4 A/mm spectra of sharp-lined B and A stars shows that the Reticon equivalent widths are about 95 percent of the coadded equivalent mean. The H-gamma profiles of the coadded and Reticon spectra for eight sharp-lined stars show generally good agreement. The generally high quality of the coadded data produced from 10 or more spectrograms is confirmed using the REDUCE graphics-oriented computed reduction code. For five stars, metal lines which fall in the gap between the U and V plates are analyzed using Reticon data.
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Adelman, Saul J.
1991-01-01
This paper presents elemental abundance analyses of sharp-lined normal late B stars. These stars exhibit mostly near-solar abundances, but each star also shows a few abundances which are a factor of 2 less than solar. The coadded photographic spectrograms are supplemented with Reticon data. A comparison of 261 equivalent widths on 2.4 A/mm spectra of sharp-lined B and A stars shows that the Reticon equivalent widths are about 95 percent of the coadded equivalent mean. The H-gamma profiles of the coadded and Reticon spectra for eight sharp-lined stars show generally good agreement. The generally high quality of the coadded data produced from 10 or more spectrograms is confirmed using the REDUCE graphics-oriented computed reduction code. For five stars, metal lines which fall in the gap between the U and V plates are analyzed using Reticon data.
Naming, the formation of stimulus classes, and applied behavior analysis.
Stromer, R; Mackay, H A; Remington, B
1996-01-01
The methods used in Sidman's original studies on equivalence classes provide a framework for analyzing functional verbal behavior. Sidman and others have shown how teaching receptive, name-referent matching may produce rudimentary oral reading and word comprehension skills. Eikeseth and Smith (1992) have extended these findings by showing that children with autism may acquire equivalence classes after learning to supply a common oral name to each stimulus in a potential class. A stimulus class analysis suggests ways to examine (a) the problem of programming generalization from teaching situations to other environments, (b) the expansion of the repertoires that occur in those settings, and (c) the use of naming to facilitate these forms of generalization. Such research will help to clarify and extend Horne and Lowe's recent (1996) account of the role of verbal behavior in the formation of stimulus classes. PMID:8810064
Bartoszek, Mariola; Polak, Justyna
2016-01-15
The differences in the Trolox Equivalent Antioxidant Capacity (TEAC) values at the same incubation time obtained by two different techniques: electron paramagnetic resonance (EPR) spectroscopy and ultraviolet visible (UV-vis) spectroscopy, which use the same antioxidant-free radical reaction mechanism, were determined for fruit juices, nectars and drinks. For this study, the stable free radical 1,1-Diphenyl-2-picryl-hydrazyl (DPPH(•)) was used. The antioxidant capacity was presented in Trolox Equivalents, e.g., μM trolox per 100 ml of sample. All of the studied fruit juices, drinks and nectars showed antioxidative properties. Dependencies between TEAC values and the percent fruit content and sample color were observed for the studied beverages. It was found that EPR spectroscopy is the more adequate method for determining TEAC values for these kinds of samples. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
MPN estimation of qPCR target sequence recoveries from whole cell calibrator samples.
Sivaganesan, Mano; Siefring, Shawn; Varma, Manju; Haugland, Richard A
2011-12-01
DNA extracts from enumerated target organism cells (calibrator samples) have been used for estimating Enterococcus cell equivalent densities in surface waters by a comparative cycle threshold (Ct) qPCR analysis method. To compare surface water Enterococcus density estimates from different studies by this approach, either a consistent source of calibrator cells must be used or the estimates must account for any differences in target sequence recoveries from different sources of calibrator cells. In this report we describe two methods for estimating target sequence recoveries from whole cell calibrator samples based on qPCR analyses of their serially diluted DNA extracts and most probable number (MPN) calculation. The first method employed a traditional MPN calculation approach. The second method employed a Bayesian hierarchical statistical modeling approach and a Monte Carlo Markov Chain (MCMC) simulation method to account for the uncertainty in these estimates associated with different individual samples of the cell preparations, different dilutions of the DNA extracts and different qPCR analytical runs. The two methods were applied to estimate mean target sequence recoveries per cell from two different lots of a commercially available source of enumerated Enterococcus cell preparations. The mean target sequence recovery estimates (and standard errors) per cell from Lot A and B cell preparations by the Bayesian method were 22.73 (3.4) and 11.76 (2.4), respectively, when the data were adjusted for potential false positive results. Means were similar for the traditional MPN approach which cannot comparably assess uncertainty in the estimates. Cell numbers and estimates of recoverable target sequences in calibrator samples prepared from the two cell sources were also used to estimate cell equivalent and target sequence quantities recovered from surface water samples in a comparative Ct method. Our results illustrate the utility of the Bayesian method in accounting for uncertainty, the high degree of precision attainable by the MPN approach and the need to account for the differences in target sequence recoveries from different calibrator sample cell sources when they are used in the comparative Ct method. Published by Elsevier B.V.
Equivalent theories redefine Hamiltonian observables to exhibit change in general relativity
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Pitts, J. Brian
2017-03-01
Change and local spatial variation are missing in canonical General Relativity’s observables as usually defined, an aspect of the problem of time. Definitions can be tested using equivalent formulations of a theory, non-gauge and gauge, because they must have equivalent observables and everything is observable in the non-gauge formulation. Taking an observable from the non-gauge formulation and finding the equivalent in the gauge formulation, one requires that the equivalent be an observable, thus constraining definitions. For massive photons, the de Broglie-Proca non-gauge formulation observable {{A}μ} is equivalent to the Stueckelberg-Utiyama gauge formulation quantity {{A}μ}+{{\\partial}μ}φ, which must therefore be an observable. To achieve that result, observables must have 0 Poisson bracket not with each first-class constraint, but with the Rosenfeld-Anderson-Bergmann-Castellani gauge generator G, a tuned sum of first-class constraints, in accord with the Pons-Salisbury-Sundermeyer definition of observables. The definition for external gauge symmetries can be tested using massive gravity, where one can install gauge freedom by parametrization with clock fields X A . The non-gauge observable {{g}μ ν} has the gauge equivalent {{X}A}{{,}μ}{{g}μ ν}{{X}B}{{,}ν}. The Poisson bracket of {{X}A}{{,}μ}{{g}μ ν}{{X}B}{{,}ν} with G turns out to be not 0 but a Lie derivative. This non-zero Poisson bracket refines and systematizes Kuchař’s proposal to relax the 0 Poisson bracket condition with the Hamiltonian constraint. Thus observables need covariance, not invariance, in relation to external gauge symmetries. The Lagrangian and Hamiltonian for massive gravity are those of General Relativity + Λ + 4 scalars, so the same definition of observables applies to General Relativity. Local fields such as {{g}μ ν} are observables. Thus observables change. Requiring equivalent observables for equivalent theories also recovers Hamiltonian-Lagrangian equivalence.
The Same or Not the Same: Equivalence as an Issue in Educational Research
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Lewis, Scott E.; Lewis, Jennifer E.
2005-09-01
In educational research, particularly in the sciences, a common research design calls for the establishment of a control and experimental group to determine the effectiveness of an intervention. As part of this design, it is often desirable to illustrate that the two groups were equivalent at the start of the intervention, based on measures such as standardized cognitive tests or student grades in prior courses. In this article we use SAT and ACT scores to illustrate a more robust way of testing equivalence. The method incorporates two one-sided t tests evaluating two null hypotheses, providing a stronger claim for equivalence than the standard method, which often does not address the possible problem of low statistical power. The two null hypotheses are based on the construction of an equivalence interval particular to the data, so the article also provides a rationale for and illustration of a procedure for constructing equivalence intervals. Our consideration of equivalence using this method also underscores the need to include sample sizes, standard deviations, and group means in published quantitative studies.
Phytochemical screening and free radical scavenging activity of Citrullus colocynthis seeds extracts
Benariba, Nabila; Djaziri, Rabeh; Bellakhdar, Wafaa; Belkacem, Nacera; Kadiata, Marcel; Malaisse, Willy J.; Sener, Abdullah
2013-01-01
Objective To study the phytochemical screening of different extracts from Citrullus colocynthis (C. colocynthis ) seeds extracts and to assess their antioxidant activity on the DPPH free radical scavenging. Methods Phytochemical screening, total content of polyphenols and flavonoids of C. colocynthis seeds extracts, including a crude aqueous extract (E1), a defatted aqueous extract (E2), a hydromethanolic extract (HM), an ethyl acetate extract (EA) and a n-butanol extract (n-B) was carried out according to the standard methods and to assess their corresponding effect on the antioxidant activity of this plant. Results None of these extracts contained detectable amount of alkaloid, quinone, antraquinone, or reducing sugar. Catechic tannins and flavonoids were abundant in E1, HM and EA, whilst terpenoids were abundantly present in E1 and n-B but only weekly in HM. Coumarins were found in E2, EA and n-B. Polyphenols, expressed as gallic acid equivalent, amounted, per 100 g plant matter, to 329, 1002 and 150 mg in EA, HM an E1 respectively. Flavonoids, expressed as catechin equivalent, amounted, per 100 g plant matter to 620, 241 and 94 mg in EA, HM and E1 respectively. Comparable values were found in n-B and E1, with lower values in E2. Quercetin, myricetin and gallic acid were found in the EA and HM extracts by thin layer chromatography, The antioxidative effect of these extracts yielded, when tested at a concentration of 2 000 µg/mL in a 1,1-diphenyl-2-picrylhydrazyl assay, a reducing percentage of 88.8% with EA, 74.5% with HM and 66.2% with E1, and corresponding IC50 of 350, 580 and 500 µg/mL as compared to 1.1 µg/mL for ascorbic acid. Conclusions These qualitative and quantitative analytical data document the presence in C. colocynthis extracts of such chemical compounds as flavonoids responsible for the antioxidant activity, as well as other biological activities of this plant. PMID:23570014
Equivalence of the Color Trails Test and Trail Making Test in nonnative English-speakers.
Dugbartey, A T; Townes, B D; Mahurin, R K
2000-07-01
The Color Trails Test (CTT) has been described as a culture-fair test of visual attention, graphomotor sequencing, and effortful executive processing abilities relative to the Trail Making Test (TMT). In this study, the equivalence of the TMT and the CTT among a group of 64 bilingual Turkish university students was examined. No difference in performance on the CTT-1 and TMT Part A was found, suggesting functionally equivalent performance across both tasks. In contrast, the statistically significant differences in performance on CTT-2 and TMT Part B, as well as the interference indices for both tests, were interpreted as providing evidence for task nonequivalence of the CTT-2 and TMT Part B. Results have implications for both psychometric test development and clinical cultural neuropsychology.
9 CFR 145.73 - Terminology and classification; flocks and products.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-01-01
... “National Plan Hatcheries” or have met equivalent requirements for pullorum-typhoid control under official... have met equivalent requirements for pullorum-typhoid control under official supervision: Provided... following terms and the corresponding designs illustrated in § 145.10: (a) [Reserved] (b) U.S. Pullorum...
9 CFR 145.73 - Terminology and classification; flocks and products.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-01-01
... “National Plan Hatcheries” or have met equivalent requirements for pullorum-typhoid control under official... have met equivalent requirements for pullorum-typhoid control under official supervision: Provided... following terms and the corresponding designs illustrated in § 145.10: (a) [Reserved] (b) U.S. Pullorum...
9 CFR 145.73 - Terminology and classification; flocks and products.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR
2013-01-01
... “National Plan Hatcheries” or have met equivalent requirements for pullorum-typhoid control under official... have met equivalent requirements for pullorum-typhoid control under official supervision: Provided... following terms and the corresponding designs illustrated in § 145.10: (a) [Reserved] (b) U.S. Pullorum...
9 CFR 145.73 - Terminology and classification; flocks and products.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-01-01
... “National Plan Hatcheries” or have met equivalent requirements for pullorum-typhoid control under official... have met equivalent requirements for pullorum-typhoid control under official supervision: Provided... following terms and the corresponding designs illustrated in § 145.10: (a) [Reserved] (b) U.S. Pullorum...
9 CFR 145.73 - Terminology and classification; flocks and products.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-01-01
... “National Plan Hatcheries” or have met equivalent requirements for pullorum-typhoid control under official... have met equivalent requirements for pullorum-typhoid control under official supervision: Provided... following terms and the corresponding designs illustrated in § 145.10: (a) [Reserved] (b) U.S. Pullorum...
9 CFR 145.23 - Terminology and classification; flocks and products.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-01-01
...” or have met equivalent requirements for pullorum-typhoid control under official supervision; (ii) All... equivalent requirements for pullorum-typhoid control under official supervision: Provided, That if other... the following terms and the corresponding designs illustrated in § 145.10: (a) [Reserved] (b) U.S...
9 CFR 145.23 - Terminology and classification; flocks and products.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-01-01
...” or have met equivalent requirements for pullorum-typhoid control under official supervision; (ii) All... equivalent requirements for pullorum-typhoid control under official supervision: Provided, That if other... the following terms and the corresponding designs illustrated in § 145.10: (a) [Reserved] (b) U.S...
30 CFR 70.100 - Respirable dust standards.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-07-01
... mine atmosphere during each shift to which each miner in the active workings of each mine is exposed at... sampling device and in terms of an equivalent concentration determined in accordance with § 70.206 (Approved sampling devices; equivalent concentrations). (b) Each operator shall continuously maintain the...
47 CFR 74.534 - Power limitations.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-10-01
..., transmitter output power shall not exceed 10 watts. (b) In no event shall the average equivalent isotropically..., order a change in the equivalent isotropically radiated power of this station. Frequency band (MHz... (ATPC) shall not exceed the EIRP specified on the station authorization. The EIRP of non-ATPC...
47 CFR 74.534 - Power limitations.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-10-01
..., transmitter output power shall not exceed 10 watts. (b) In no event shall the average equivalent isotropically..., order a change in the equivalent isotropically radiated power of this station. Frequency band (MHz... (ATPC) shall not exceed the EIRP specified on the station authorization. The EIRP of non-ATPC...
47 CFR 74.534 - Power limitations.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-10-01
..., transmitter output power shall not exceed 10 watts. (b) In no event shall the average equivalent isotropically..., order a change in the equivalent isotropically radiated power of this station. Frequency band (MHz... (ATPC) shall not exceed the EIRP specified on the station authorization. The EIRP of non-ATPC...
The Effects of Ballistic and Non-Ballistic Bench Press on Mechanical Variables.
Moir, Gavin L; Munford, Shawn N; Moroski, Lindsey L; Davis, Shala E
2017-02-21
To investigate the effects of ballistic and non-ballistic bench press performed with loads equivalent to 30 and 90% 1-repetition maximum (1-RM) on mechanical variables. Eleven resistance-trained men (age: 23.0 ± 1.4 years; mass: 98.4 ± 14.4 kg) attended four testing sessions where they performed one of the following sessions: 1) three sets of five non-ballistic repetitions performed with a load equivalent to 30% 1-RM (30N-B), 2) three sets of five ballistic repetitions performed with a load equivalent to 30% 1-RM (30B), 3) three sets of four non-ballistic repetitions with a load equivalent to 90% 1-RM (90N-B), 4) three sets of four ballistic repetitions with a load equivalent to 90% 1-RM (90B). Force plates and a 3-D motion analysis system were used to determine the velocity, force, power output (PO) and work during each repetition. The heavier loads resulted in significantly greater forces applied to the barbell (mean differences: 472-783 N, p<0.001), but lower barbell velocities (mean differences: 0.85-1.20 m/s, p<0.001) and PO (mean differences: 118-492 W, p≤0.022). The ballistic conditions enhanced the mechanical variables only at the lower load with 30B producing significantly greater force (mean difference: 263 N, p<0.001), velocity (mean difference: 0.33 m/s, p<0.001), and PO (mean difference: 335 W, p<0.001) compared to 30N-B. Furthermore, the increase in PO across the 3 sets in 30B was significantly different from all other conditions (p=0.013). The total mechanical work performed was significantly greater for the conditions with the heavier loads compared to those with the lighter loads (mean differences: 3,62-5,600 J, p<0.001) and that performed during the ballistic conditions was significantly greater than that performed during the non-ballistic conditions with the same load (mean differences: 945-1,030 J, p<0.001). Ballistic bench press may be an effective exercise for developing power output and multiple sets may elicit post-activation potentiation that enhances force production. However, these benefits may be negated at heavier loads.
Building a Library for Microelectronics Verification with Topological Constraints
2017-03-01
Tables 1d, 3b); 1-bit full adder cell (Fig. 1), respectively. Table 5. Frequency distributions for the genus of logically equivalent circuit...Figure 1 shows that switching signal pairs produces logically- equivalent topologies of the 1-bit full adder cell with three values of the genus (g = 3 [1...case], 4, 5, 6). Figure 1. Frequency distribution for logically equivalent circuit topologies of the 1-bit full adder cell (2048) in Table 1(e
[Levels of Ochratoxin A and total Aflatoxins in Panamanian exportation coffee by an ELISA Method].
Franco, Heriberto; Vega, Aracelly; Reyes, Stephany; De Léon, Javier; Bonilla, Alexis
2014-03-01
A study about processing conditions of exportation coffee in 15 benefits located in Chiriqui, western region of Panama, was conducted. In addition, 21 samples of processed coffee (green beans), from the benefits, were analyzed. The samples were microbiologically tested in order to quantify total aflatoxins (B1, B2, G1 and G2) and Ochratoxin A (OTA), using the immunoaffinity ELISA method. A detection limit of 0.017 ng/mL, was determined for Ochratoxin A, which is equivalent to a concentration of 0.829 µg/kg, and a detection limit of 0.027 ng/mL, for total aflatoxins, which is equivalent to a concentration of 1.350 µg/kg. It was found that four (19%) out of the 21 samples were positive to the presence of Ochratoxin A and three (14%) to the presence of total aflatoxins. Samples showed levels of Ochratoxin A in the range 4.90 - 37.73 µg/kg; only three of them exceeded the maximum limit allowed by the European Union, for the concentration of Ochratoxin, which is of 5.0 µg/kg. Total aflatoxins were found in the range 1.51 - 1.93 µg/kg, below 10 µg/kg which is the maximum limit allowed for coffee by the European Union. The results indicate that the processing of coffee produced in Panama successfully meets international standards for postharvest handling, which leads to a low incidence ofmycotoxins and very low levels ofmycotoxin-producing fungi.
Lee, John Hwan; Lee, Eun-Soo; Bae, Il-Hong; Hwang, Jeong-Ah; Kim, Se-Hwa; Kim, Dae-Yong; Park, Nok-Hyun; Rho, Ho Sik; Kim, Yong Jin; Oh, Seong-Geun; Lee, Chang Seok
2017-01-01
Excessive melanogenesis often causes unaesthetic hyperpigmentation. In a previous report, our group introduced a newly synthesized depigmentary agent, Melasolv™ (3,4,5-trimethoxycinnamate thymol ester). In this study, we demonstrated the significant whitening efficacy of Melasolv using various melanocytes and human skin equivalents as in vitro experimental systems. The depigmentary effect of Melasolv was tested in melan-a cells (immortalized normal murine melanocytes), α-melanocyte-stimulating hormone (α-MSH)-stimulated B16 murine melanoma cells, primary normal human melanocytes (NHMs), and human skin equivalent (MelanoDerm). The whitening efficacy of Melasolv was further demonstrated by photography, time-lapse microscopy, Fontana-Masson (F&M) staining, and 2-photon microscopy. Melasolv significantly inhibited melanogenesis in the melan-a and α-MSH-stimulated B16 cells. In human systems, Melasolv also clearly showed a whitening effect in NHMs and human skin equivalent, reflecting a decrease in melanin content. F&M staining and 2-photon microscopy revealed that Melasolv suppressed melanin transfer into multiple epidermal layers from melanocytes as well as melanin synthesis in human skin equivalent. Our study showed that Melasolv clearly exerts a whitening effect on various melanocytes and human skin equivalent. These results suggest the possibility that Melasolv can be used as a depigmentary agent to treat pigmentary disorders as well as an active ingredient in cosmetics to increase whitening efficacy. © 2017 S. Karger AG, Basel.
A Formal Approach to Requirements-Based Programming
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Hinchey, Michael G.; Rash, James L.; Rouff, Christopher A.
2005-01-01
No significant general-purpose method is currently available to mechanically transform system requirements into a provably equivalent model. The widespread use of such a method represents a necessary step toward high-dependability system engineering for numerous application domains. Current tools and methods that start with a formal model of a system and mechanically produce a provably equivalent implementation are valuable but not sufficient. The "gap" unfilled by such tools and methods is that the formal models cannot be proven to be equivalent to the requirements. We offer a method for mechanically transforming requirements into a provably equivalent formal model that can be used as the basis for code generation and other transformations. This method is unique in offering full mathematical tractability while using notations and techniques that are well known and well trusted. Finally, we describe further application areas we are investigating for use of the approach.
Shin, Donghoon; Kim, Youngdoe; Kang, Jungwon; Gauliard, Anke; Fuhr, Rainard
2016-01-01
Aims SB4 has been developed as a biosimilar of etanercept. The primary objective of the present study was to demonstrate the pharmacokinetic (PK) equivalence between SB4 and European Union ‐sourced etanercept (EU‐ETN), SB4 and United States‐sourced etanercept (US‐ETN), and EU‐ETN and US‐ETN. The safety and immunogenicity were also compared between the treatments. Methods This was a single‐blind, three‐part, crossover study in 138 healthy male subjects. In each part, 46 subjects were randomized at a 1:1 ratio to receive a single 50 mg subcutaneous dose of the treatments (part A: SB4 or EU‐ETN; part B: SB4 or US‐ETN; and part C: EU‐ETN or US‐ETN) in period 1, followed by the crossover treatment in period 2 according to their assigned sequences. PK equivalence between the treatments was determined using the standard equivalence margin of 80–125%. Results The geometric least squares means ratios of AUCinf, AUClast and Cmax were 99.04%, 98.62% and 103.71% (part A: SB4 vs. EU‐ETN); 101.09%, 100.96% and 104.36% (part B: SB4 vs. US‐ETN); and 100.51%, 101.27% and 103.29% (part C: EU‐ETN vs. US‐ETN), respectively, and the corresponding 90% confidence intervals were completely contained within the limits of 80–125 %. The incidence of treatment‐emergent adverse events was comparable, and the incidence of the antidrug antibodies was lower in SB4 compared with the reference products. Conclusions The present study demonstrated PK equivalence between SB4 and EU‐ETN, SB4 and US‐ETN, and EU‐ETN and US‐ETN in healthy male subjects. SB4 was well tolerated, with a lower immunogenicity profile and similar safety profile compared with those of the reference products. PMID:26972584
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Lu, Lei; Feng, Li; Liu, Siming
We present a detailed study of an Earth-directed coronal mass ejection (full-halo CME) event that happened on 2011 February 15, making use of white-light observations by three coronagraphs and radio observations by Wind /WAVES. We applied three different methods to reconstruct the propagation direction and traveling distance of the CME and its driven shock. We measured the kinematics of the CME leading edge from white-light images observed by Solar Terrestrial Relations Observatory ( STEREO ) A and B , tracked the CME-driven shock using the frequency drift observed by Wind /WAVES together with an interplanetary density model, and obtained themore » equivalent scattering centers of the CME by the polarization ratio (PR) method. For the first time, we applied the PR method to different features distinguished from LASCO/C2 polarimetric observations and calculated their projections onto white-light images observed by STEREO-A and STEREO-B . By combining the graduated cylindrical shell (GCS) forward modeling with the PR method, we proposed a new GCS-PR method to derive 3D parameters of a CME observed from a single perspective at Earth. Comparisons between different methods show a good degree of consistence in the derived 3D results.« less
Dybwad, Marius; van der Laaken, Anton L; Blatny, Janet Martha; Paauw, Armand
2013-09-01
Rapid and reliable identification of Bacillus anthracis spores in suspicious powders is important to mitigate the safety risks and economic burdens associated with such incidents. The aim of this study was to develop and validate a rapid and reliable laboratory-based matrix-assisted laser desorption ionization-time of flight mass spectrometry (MALDI-TOF MS) analysis method for identifying B. anthracis spores in suspicious powder samples. A reference library containing 22 different Bacillus sp. strains or hoax materials was constructed and coupled with a novel classification algorithm and standardized processing protocol for various powder samples. The method's limit of B. anthracis detection was determined to be 2.5 × 10(6) spores, equivalent to a 55-μg sample size of the crudest B. anthracis-containing powder discovered during the 2001 Amerithrax incidents. The end-to-end analysis method was able to successfully discriminate among samples containing B. anthracis spores, closely related Bacillus sp. spores, and commonly encountered hoax materials. No false-positive or -negative classifications of B. anthracis spores were observed, even when the analysis method was challenged with a wide range of other bacterial agents. The robustness of the method was demonstrated by analyzing samples (i) at an external facility using a different MALDI-TOF MS instrument, (ii) using an untrained operator, and (iii) using mixtures of Bacillus sp. spores and hoax materials. Taken together, the observed performance of the analysis method developed demonstrates its potential applicability as a rapid, specific, sensitive, robust, and cost-effective laboratory-based analysis tool for resolving incidents involving suspicious powders in less than 30 min.
van der Laaken, Anton L.; Blatny, Janet Martha; Paauw, Armand
2013-01-01
Rapid and reliable identification of Bacillus anthracis spores in suspicious powders is important to mitigate the safety risks and economic burdens associated with such incidents. The aim of this study was to develop and validate a rapid and reliable laboratory-based matrix-assisted laser desorption ionization–time of flight mass spectrometry (MALDI-TOF MS) analysis method for identifying B. anthracis spores in suspicious powder samples. A reference library containing 22 different Bacillus sp. strains or hoax materials was constructed and coupled with a novel classification algorithm and standardized processing protocol for various powder samples. The method's limit of B. anthracis detection was determined to be 2.5 × 106 spores, equivalent to a 55-μg sample size of the crudest B. anthracis-containing powder discovered during the 2001 Amerithrax incidents. The end-to-end analysis method was able to successfully discriminate among samples containing B. anthracis spores, closely related Bacillus sp. spores, and commonly encountered hoax materials. No false-positive or -negative classifications of B. anthracis spores were observed, even when the analysis method was challenged with a wide range of other bacterial agents. The robustness of the method was demonstrated by analyzing samples (i) at an external facility using a different MALDI-TOF MS instrument, (ii) using an untrained operator, and (iii) using mixtures of Bacillus sp. spores and hoax materials. Taken together, the observed performance of the analysis method developed demonstrates its potential applicability as a rapid, specific, sensitive, robust, and cost-effective laboratory-based analysis tool for resolving incidents involving suspicious powders in less than 30 min. PMID:23811517
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-01-01
... to the Act. Administrative controls means the provisions relating to organization and management... agreement under subsection 274b. of the Act. Non-Agreement State means any other State. Alert means events... equivalent means the sum of the products of the dose equivalent to the body organ or tissue and the weighting...
9 CFR 145.23 - Terminology and classification; flocks and products.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-01-01
... the following terms and the corresponding designs illustrated in § 145.10: (a) [Reserved] (b) U.S... from flocks that met equivalent requirements under official supervision; and (iii) The flock is located... from U.S. Pullorum-Typhoid Clean breeding flocks or from flocks that met equivalent requirements under...
Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR
2013-01-01
... to the Act. Administrative controls means the provisions relating to organization and management... agreement under subsection 274b. of the Act. Non-Agreement State means any other State. Alert means events... equivalent means the sum of the products of the dose equivalent to the body organ or tissue and the weighting...
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-01-01
... to the Act. Administrative controls means the provisions relating to organization and management... agreement under subsection 274b. of the Act. Non-Agreement State means any other State. Alert means events... equivalent means the sum of the products of the dose equivalent to the body organ or tissue and the weighting...
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-01-01
... to the Act. Administrative controls means the provisions relating to organization and management... agreement under subsection 274b. of the Act. Non-Agreement State means any other State. Alert means events... equivalent means the sum of the products of the dose equivalent to the body organ or tissue and the weighting...
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-01-01
... to the Act. Administrative controls means the provisions relating to organization and management... agreement under subsection 274b. of the Act. Non-Agreement State means any other State. Alert means events... equivalent means the sum of the products of the dose equivalent to the body organ or tissue and the weighting...
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-01-01
... Commission has entered into an effective agreement under subsection 274b. of the Act. Non-agreement State... access control measures that are not related to the safe use of, or security of, radiological materials... equivalent means the sum of the products of the dose equivalent to the organ or tissue and the weighting...
42 CFR 417.104 - Payment for basic health services.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR
2013-10-01
... from each group is substantially equivalent to the revenue that would be derived if the schedule of... authorized in this paragraph, such rates must be equivalent for all individuals in the same group and for all... of potential subscribers: (A) Individual (non-group) subscribers (including their families). (B...
42 CFR 417.104 - Payment for basic health services.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-10-01
... from each group is substantially equivalent to the revenue that would be derived if the schedule of... authorized in this paragraph, such rates must be equivalent for all individuals in the same group and for all... of potential subscribers: (A) Individual (non-group) subscribers (including their families). (B...
42 CFR 417.104 - Payment for basic health services.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-10-01
... from each group is substantially equivalent to the revenue that would be derived if the schedule of... authorized in this paragraph, such rates must be equivalent for all individuals in the same group and for all... of potential subscribers: (A) Individual (non-group) subscribers (including their families). (B...
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-01-01
... 20/20 vision, the person may be eligible only on the condition that corrective lenses are worn while exercising the privileges of an airman certificate. (b) Near vision of 20/40 or better, Snellen equivalent... vision of 20/40 or better, Snellen equivalent, at both 16 inches and 32 inches in each eye separately...
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-01-01
... 20/20 vision, the person may be eligible only on the condition that corrective lenses are worn while exercising the privileges of an airman certificate. (b) Near vision of 20/40 or better, Snellen equivalent... vision of 20/40 or better, Snellen equivalent, at both 16 inches and 32 inches in each eye separately...
14 CFR 25.701 - Flap and slat interconnection.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-01-01
... AIRCRAFT AIRWORTHINESS STANDARDS: TRANSPORT CATEGORY AIRPLANES Design and Construction Control Systems § 25... equivalent means. (b) If a wing flap or slat interconnection or equivalent means is used, it must be designed... be designed for the loads imposed when the wing flaps or slats on one side are carrying the most...
14 CFR 25.701 - Flap and slat interconnection.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-01-01
... AIRCRAFT AIRWORTHINESS STANDARDS: TRANSPORT CATEGORY AIRPLANES Design and Construction Control Systems § 25... equivalent means. (b) If a wing flap or slat interconnection or equivalent means is used, it must be designed... be designed for the loads imposed when the wing flaps or slats on one side are carrying the most...
14 CFR 25.701 - Flap and slat interconnection.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-01-01
... AIRCRAFT AIRWORTHINESS STANDARDS: TRANSPORT CATEGORY AIRPLANES Design and Construction Control Systems § 25... equivalent means. (b) If a wing flap or slat interconnection or equivalent means is used, it must be designed... be designed for the loads imposed when the wing flaps or slats on one side are carrying the most...
Comparisons of high throughput screening data to human exposures assume that media concentrations are equivalent to steady-state blood concentrations. This assumes the partitioning of the chemical between media and cells is equivalent to the partitioning of the chemical between b...
Yeiser, Michael; Harris, Cheryl L; Kirchoff, Ashlee L; Patterson, Ashley C; Wampler, Jennifer L; Zissman, Edward N; Berseth, Carol Lynn
2016-12-01
Docosahexaenoic acid (DHA) in infant formula at concentrations based on worldwide human milk has resulted in circulating red blood cell (RBC) lipids related to visual and cognitive development. In this study, infants received study formula (17mg DHA/100kcal) with a commercially-available (Control: n=140; DHASCO®) or alternative (DHASCO®-B: n=127) DHA single cell oil from 14 to 120 days of age. No significant group differences were detected for growth rates by gender through 120 days of age. Blood fatty acids at 120 days of age were assessed by capillary column gas chromatography in a participant subset (Control: n=34; DHASCO-B: n=27). The 90% confidence interval (91-104%) for the group mean (geometric) total RBC DHA (µg/mL) ratio fell within the pre-specified equivalence limit (80-125%), establishing study formula equivalence with respect to DHA. This study demonstrated infant formula with DHASCO-B was safe, well-tolerated, and associated with normal growth. Furthermore, DHASCO and DHASCO-B represented equivalent sources of DHA as measured by circulating RBC DHA. Copyright © 2016 The Authors. Published by Elsevier Ltd.. All rights reserved.
On methods of estimating cosmological bulk flows
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Nusser, Adi
2016-01-01
We explore similarities and differences between several estimators of the cosmological bulk flow, B, from the observed radial peculiar velocities of galaxies. A distinction is made between two theoretical definitions of B as a dipole moment of the velocity field weighted by a radial window function. One definition involves the three-dimensional (3D) peculiar velocity, while the other is based on its radial component alone. Different methods attempt at inferring B for either of these definitions which coincide only for the case of a velocity field which is constant in space. We focus on the Wiener Filtering (WF) and the Constrained Minimum Variance (CMV) methodologies. Both methodologies require a prior expressed in terms of the radial velocity correlation function. Hoffman et al. compute B in Top-Hat windows from a WF realization of the 3D peculiar velocity field. Feldman et al. infer B directly from the observed velocities for the second definition of B. The WF methodology could easily be adapted to the second definition, in which case it will be equivalent to the CMV with the exception of the imposed constraint. For a prior with vanishing correlations or very noisy data, CMV reproduces the standard Maximum Likelihood estimation for B of the entire sample independent of the radial weighting function. Therefore, this estimator is likely more susceptible to observational biases that could be present in measurements of distant galaxies. Finally, two additional estimators are proposed.
40 CFR 271.26 - Requirements for used oil management.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-07-01
... marketers which are equivalent to those under subpart H of part 279 of this chapter; and (g) Standards for...) and (b) Sec. 279.66(b) Sec. 279.72(b) 1 Contains additional new definitions that were not included in...
Fujisaki, Keisuke; Ikeda, Tomoyuki
2013-01-01
To connect different scale models in the multi-scale problem of microwave use, equivalent material constants were researched numerically by a three-dimensional electromagnetic field, taking into account eddy current and displacement current. A volume averaged method and a standing wave method were used to introduce the equivalent material constants; water particles and aluminum particles are used as composite materials. Consumed electrical power is used for the evaluation. Water particles have the same equivalent material constants for both methods; the same electrical power is obtained for both the precise model (micro-model) and the homogeneous model (macro-model). However, aluminum particles have dissimilar equivalent material constants for both methods; different electric power is obtained for both models. The varying electromagnetic phenomena are derived from the expression of eddy current. For small electrical conductivity such as water, the macro-current which flows in the macro-model and the micro-current which flows in the micro-model express the same electromagnetic phenomena. However, for large electrical conductivity such as aluminum, the macro-current and micro-current express different electromagnetic phenomena. The eddy current which is observed in the micro-model is not expressed by the macro-model. Therefore, the equivalent material constant derived from the volume averaged method and the standing wave method is applicable to water with a small electrical conductivity, although not applicable to aluminum with a large electrical conductivity. PMID:28788395
The role of indoleamine 2,3-dioxygenase in LP-BPM5 murine retroviral disease progression
2013-01-01
Background Indoleamine 2,3-dioxygenase (IDO) is an immunomodulatory intracellular enzyme involved in tryptophan degradation. IDO is induced during cancer and microbial infections by cytokines, ligation of co-stimulatory molecules and/or activation of pattern recognition receptors, ultimately leading to modulation of the immune response. LP-BM5 murine retroviral infection induces murine AIDS (MAIDS), which is characterized by profound and broad immunosuppression of T- and B-cell responses. Our lab has previously described multiple mechanisms regulating the development of immunodeficiency of LP-BM5-induced disease, including Programmed Death 1 (PD-1), IL-10, and T-regulatory (Treg) cells. Immunosuppressive roles of IDO have been demonstrated in other retroviral models, suggesting a possible role for IDO during LP-BM5-induced retroviral disease progression and/or development of viral load. Methods Mice deficient in IDO (B6.IDO−/−) and wildtype C57BL/6 (B6) mice were infected with LP-BM5 murine retrovirus. MAIDS and LP-BM5 viral load were assessed at termination. Results As expected, IDO was un-inducible in B6.IDO−/− during LP-BM5 infection. B6.IDO−/− mice infected with LP-BM5 retrovirus succumbed to MAIDS as indicated by splenomegaly, serum hyper IgG2a and IgM, decreased responsiveness to B- and T-cell mitogens, conversion of a proportion of CD4+ T cells from Thy1.2+ to Thy1.2-, and increased percentages of CD11b+Gr-1+ cells. LP-BM5 infected B6.IDO−/− mice also demonstrated the development of roughly equivalent disease kinetics as compared to infected B6 mice. Splenic viral loads of B6 and B6.IDO−/− mice were also equivalent after infection as measured by LP-BM5-specific Def Gag and Eco Gag viral mRNA, determined by qRT-PCR. Conclusions Collectively, these results demonstrate IDO neither plays an essential role, nor is required, in LP-BM5-induced disease progression or LP-BM5 viral load. PMID:23680027
Scientific and Engineering Studies: Spectral Estimation
1989-08-11
PROBLEM SOLUTION Four different constrained problems will be addressed in this section: con- strained window duration L ; constrained equivalent...sm(frtp + C, ^ smk ) » 0. (B_18) (B-19) The simultaneous solution of (B-ll) and (B-18), with smallest *< , is then given by q =.?0n l^fi
Erosional Equivalences of Levees: Steady and Intermittent Wave Overtopping
2010-01-01
represents the proportion of the individual wave period for which the runup exceeds the levee crest. We require that the average Still Water Level1 tan α zc R... Levee Fig. 5. Definition sketch for potential wave runup. Runu p , R Centroids of Equal Runup Probabilities R m in = z c Pr ob ab ili ty D en si...Erosional equivalences of levees : Steady and intermittent wave overtopping R.G. Dean a, J.D. Rosati b, T.L. Walton c, B.L. Edge d , a Department of
Corcoran, A; Kerr, S; Elliott, G; Koppelman, M; Doyle, S
2007-10-01
Although parvovirus B19 is a significant blood product contaminant, few methods other than polymerase chain reaction (PCR) have been developed to detect the presence of the virus. A B19 antigen enzyme immunoassay (EIA) has been developed and the sensitivity of detection is ascertained using dilutions of the B19 capsid protein VP2 and 10-fold dilutions of B19 viraemic serum. Once the assay cut-off was established, a panel of viraemic donations (n = 70) was screened by the antigen EIA. The B19 immunoglobulin M (IgM) and IgG status of these specimens was also determined. During screening of blood donor units by quantitative PCR, 70 individuals were identified with levels of B19 DNA greater than 10(6) IU/ml at the time of blood donation. The sensitivity of the B19 antigen EIA was estimated to be equivalent to between 10(8) and 10(9) IU/ml B19 DNA or 1-10 pg/ml of recombinant capsid protein. B19 detection was significantly enhanced when viraemic specimens were pretreated with a low pH proprietary reagent. Unlike other virus-detection assays, detection of the B19 antigen was not affected by the presence of B19 IgM or IgG antibodies. In addition, the assay was capable of detecting all three genotypes of human erythrovirus. Combined specimen analysis by the B19 antigen assay and a B19 IgM assay facilitated the detection of 91% of acute B19 infections in the test population. In combination with B19 IgM detection, application of the B19 antigen EIA is a flexible and efficient method of detecting recent B19 infection and can be used as an alternative to PCR.
Pérez, D; Martínez-Flores, J A; Serrano, M; Lora, D; Paz-Artal, E; Morales, J M; Serrano, A
2016-10-01
In recent years, we have been witnessing increased clinical interest in the determination of IgA anti-beta 2-glycoprotein I (aB2GPI) antibodies as well as increased demand for this test. Some ELISA-based diagnostic systems for IgA aB2GPI antibodies detection are suboptimal to detect it. The aim of our study was to determine whether the diagnostic yield of modern detection systems based on automatic platforms to measure IgA aB2GPI is equivalent to that of the well-optimized ELISA-based assays. In total, 130 patients were analyzed for IgA aB2GPI by three fully automated immunoassays using an ELISA-based assay as reference. The three systems were also analyzed for IgG aB2GPI with 58 patients. System 1 was able to detect IgA aB2GPI with good sensitivity and kappa index (99% and 0.72, respectively). The other two systems had also poor sensitivity (20% and 15%) and kappa index (0.10 and 0.07), respectively. On the other hand, kappa index for IgG aB2GPI was >0.89 in the three systems. Some analytical methods to detect IgA aB2GPI are suboptimal as well as some ELISA-based diagnostic systems. It is important that the scientific community work to standardize analytical methods to determine IgA aB2GPI antibodies. © 2016 John Wiley & Sons Ltd.
Ammar, Hatem; Anbar, Mohamed; Abdellah, Marwa M
2017-01-01
Purpose To compare the efficacy and outcome of phakic toric implantable collamer lens (TICL) and refractive clear lens extraction with AcrySof Toric intraocular lens (TIOL) implantation for the treatment of myopic astigmatism. Patients and methods This study assessed eyes with myopic astigmatism >−1 D and ≤−4 D with a spherical equivalent >10 D or <10 D if the patients were unsuitable for corneal refractive surgery. These eyes were divided into group A, in which Visian Toric ICL™ Phakic TICL was implanted, and group B, which involved clear lens extraction with implantation of an AcrySof IQ toric SN60T3-9™ IOL. The outcome and complications were evaluated. Results This study enrolled 63 eyes of 38 patients with a follow-up period of at least 6 months. The mean postoperative spherical equivalent was −0.19±0.31 D in group A and −0.21±0.28 D in group B (P=0.69). The mean postoperative cylinder value was −0.46±0.53 D in group A and −0.32±0.41 D in group B (P=0.35). Postoperative cylinder was <1 D in 76.47% and 79.31% of eyes in groups A and B, respectively. The mean endothelial cell count was reduced by 4.32% in group A and by 5.32% in group B (P=0.003). The mean postoperative intraocular pressure increased insignificantly in group A (P=0.22) and reduced significantly in group B (P=0.004). The complication rate was 11.76% in group A and 6.90% in group B. Conclusion Both procedures showed predictable results and good visual results. However, the loss of accommodation and risk of retinal complications in the TIOL group suggest that the use of TICL for myopic astigmatism is a better choice in younger patients. PMID:28096654
2012-05-01
In all cases, a Grignard reagent of a para- or meta- substituted, protected aniline was reacted with a chlorosilane. Control of the reaction is...one equivalent of Grignard reagent with a small excess of tetrachlorosilane generates a good yield of monosubstituted trichlorosilane (6a). It must...methyltrichlorosilane. It is possible to add either 1 equivalent (to make 4a and 4b) or 2 equivalents of the protected aniline Grignard reagent (to make 5a
2016-10-01
reductions reported in average strength bNumber of reductions reported in full-time equivalents Note: DOD costs savings provided for the prior FY are...comparing costs from FY 2012 to FY 2017, and not each year in between. Further, officials stated that DOD did not include full- time equivalents ...Application FTE Full-time Equivalent NDAA National Defense Authorization Act This is a work of the U.S. government and is not subject to copyright
Shahbazi, Mohammad; Saranlı, Uluç; Babuška, Robert; Lopes, Gabriel A D
2016-12-05
This paper introduces approximate time-domain solutions to the otherwise non-integrable double-stance dynamics of the 'bipedal' spring-loaded inverted pendulum (B-SLIP) in the presence of non-negligible damping. We first introduce an auxiliary system whose behavior under certain conditions is approximately equivalent to the B-SLIP in double-stance. Then, we derive approximate solutions to the dynamics of the new system following two different methods: (i) updated-momentum approach that can deal with both the lossy and lossless B-SLIP models, and (ii) perturbation-based approach following which we only derive a solution to the lossless case. The prediction performance of each method is characterized via a comprehensive numerical analysis. The derived representations are computationally very efficient compared to numerical integrations, and, hence, are suitable for online planning, increasing the autonomy of walking robots. Two application examples of walking gait control are presented. The proposed solutions can serve as instrumental tools in various fields such as control in legged robotics and human motion understanding in biomechanics.
Yang, Hua-Li; Cai, Pei; Liu, Qiao-Hong; Yang, Xue-Lian; Fang, Si-Qiang; Tang, Yan-Wei; Wang, Cheng; Wang, Xiao-Bing; Kong, Ling-Yi
2017-11-01
A series of salicyladimine derivatives were designed, synthesized and evaluated as multi-target-directed ligands for the treatment of Alzheimer's disease (AD). Biological activity results demonstrated that some derivatives possessed significant inhibitory activities against amyloid-β (Aβ) aggregation and human monoamine oxidase B (hMAO-B) as well as remarkable antioxidant effects and low cell toxicity. The optimal compound, 5, exhibited excellent potency for inhibition of self-induced Aβ 1-42 aggregation (91.3±2.1%, 25μM), inhibition of hMAO-B (IC 50 , 1.73±0.39μM), antioxidant effects (43.4±2.6μM of IC 50 by DPPH method, 0.67±0.06 trolox equivalent by ABTS method), metal chelation and BBB penetration. Furthermore, compound 5 had neuroprotective effects against ROS generation, H 2 O 2 -induced apoptosis, 6-OHDA-induced cell injury, and a significant in vitro anti-inflammatory activity. Collectively, these findings highlighted that compound 5 was a potential balanced multifunctional neuroprotective agent for the development of anti-AD drugs. Copyright © 2017. Published by Elsevier Ltd.
Spatial chaos of Wang tiles with two symbols
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Chen, Jin-Yu; Chen, Yu-Jie; Hu, Wen-Guei; Lin, Song-Sun
2016-02-01
This investigation completely classifies the spatial chaos problem in plane edge coloring (Wang tiles) with two symbols. For a set of Wang tiles B , spatial chaos occurs when the spatial entropy h ( B ) is positive. B is called a minimal cycle generator if P ( B ) ≠ 0̸ and P ( B ' ) = 0̸ whenever B ' ⫋ B , where P ( B ) is the set of all periodic patterns on ℤ2 generated by B . Given a set of Wang tiles B , write B = C 1 ∪ C 2 ∪ ⋯ ∪ C k ∪ N , where Cj, 1 ≤ j ≤ k, are minimal cycle generators and B contains no minimal cycle generator except those contained in C1∪C2∪⋯∪Ck. Then, the positivity of spatial entropy h ( B ) is completely determined by C1∪C2∪⋯∪Ck. Furthermore, there are 39 equivalence classes of marginal positive-entropy sets of Wang tiles and 18 equivalence classes of saturated zero-entropy sets of Wang tiles. For a set of Wang tiles B , h ( B ) is positive if and only if B contains a MPE set, and h ( B ) is zero if and only if B is a subset of a SZE set.
Quantifying precambrian crustal extraction: The root is the answer
Abbott, D.; Sparks, D.; Herzberg, C.; Mooney, W.; Nikishin, A.; Zhang, Y.-S.
2000-01-01
We use two different methods to estimate the total amount of continental crust that was extracted by the end of the Archean and the Proterozoic. The first method uses the sum of the seismic thickness of the crust, the eroded thickness of the crust, and the trapped melt within the lithospheric root to estimate the total crustal volume. This summation method yields an average equivalent thickness of Archean crust of 49 ?? 6 km and an average equivalent thickness of Proterozoic crust of 48 ?? 9 km. Between 7 and 9% of this crust never reached the surface, but remained within the continental root as congealed, iron-rich komatiitic melt. The second method uses experimental models of melting, mantle xenolith compositions, and corrected lithospheric thickness to estimate the amount of crust extracted through time. This melt column method reveals that the average equivalent thickness of Archean crust was 65 ?? 6 km. and the average equivalent thickness of Early Proterozoic crust was 60 ?? 7 km. It is likely that some of this crust remained trapped within the lithospheric root. The discrepancy between the two estimates is attributed to uncertainties in estimates of the amount of trapped, congealed melt, overall crustal erosion, and crustal recycling. Overall, we find that between 29 and 45% of continental crust was extracted by the end of the Archean, most likely by 2.7 Ga. Between 51 and 79% of continental crust was extracted by the end of the Early Proterozoic, most likely by 1.8-2.0 Ga. Our results are most consistent with geochemical models that call upon moderate amounts of recycling of early extracted continental crust coupled with continuing crustal growth (e.g. McLennan, S.M., Taylor, S.R., 1982. Geochemical constraints on the growth of the continental crust. Journal of Geology, 90, 347-361; Veizer, J., Jansen, S.L., 1985. Basement and sedimentary recycling - 2: time dimension to global tectonics. Journal of Geology 93(6), 625-643). Trapped, congealed, iron-rich melt within the lithospheric root may represent some of the iron that is 'missing' from the lower crust. The lower crust within Archean cratons may also have an unexpectedly low iron content because it was extracted from more primitive, undepleted mantle. (C) 2000 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
Modified methods for growing 3-D skin equivalents: an update.
Lamb, Rebecca; Ambler, Carrie A
2014-01-01
Artificial epidermis can be reconstituted in vitro by seeding primary epidermal cells (keratinocytes) onto a supportive substrate and then growing the developing skin equivalent at the air-liquid interface. In vitro skin models are widely used to study skin biology and for industrial drug and cosmetic testing. Here, we describe updated methods for growing 3-dimensional skin equivalents using de-vitalized, de-epidermalized dermis (DED) substrates including methods for DED substrate preparation, cell seeding, growth conditions, and fixation procedures.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-07-01
.... accuracy 3. Filter temp. control accuracy, sampling and non-sampling 1. 2 °C2. 2 °C 3. Not more than 5 °C... Reference and Class I Equivalent Methods for PM 2.5 and PM 10-2.5 E Table E-1 to Subpart E of Part 53... MONITORING REFERENCE AND EQUIVALENT METHODS Procedures for Testing Physical (Design) and Performance...
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-07-01
.... accuracy 3. Filter temp. control accuracy, sampling and non-sampling 1. 2 °C2. 2 °C 3. Not more than 5 °C... Reference and Class I Equivalent Methods for PM2.5 and PM10-2.5 E Table E-1 to Subpart E of Part 53... MONITORING REFERENCE AND EQUIVALENT METHODS Procedures for Testing Physical (Design) and Performance...
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-07-01
.... accuracy 3. Filter temp. control accuracy, sampling and non-sampling 1. 2 °C2. 2 °C 3. Not more than 5 °C... Reference and Class I Equivalent Methods for PM2.5 and PM10-2.5 E Table E-1 to Subpart E of Part 53... MONITORING REFERENCE AND EQUIVALENT METHODS Procedures for Testing Physical (Design) and Performance...
Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR
2013-07-01
.... accuracy 3. Filter temp. control accuracy, sampling and non-sampling 1. 2 °C2. 2 °C 3. Not more than 5 °C... Reference and Class I Equivalent Methods for PM 2.5 and PM 10-2.5 E Table E-1 to Subpart E of Part 53... MONITORING REFERENCE AND EQUIVALENT METHODS Procedures for Testing Physical (Design) and Performance...
Requirements to Design to Code: Towards a Fully Formal Approach to Automatic Code Generation
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Hinchey, Michael G.; Rash, James L.; Rouff, Christopher A.
2004-01-01
A general-purpose method to mechanically transform system requirements into a provably equivalent model has yet to appear. Such a method represents a necessary step toward high-dependability system engineering for numerous possible application domains, including sensor networks and autonomous systems. Currently available tools and methods that start with a formal model of a system and mechanically produce a provably equivalent implementation are valuable but not sufficient. The gap that current tools and methods leave unfilled is that their formal models cannot be proven to be equivalent to the system requirements as originated by the customer. For the classes of systems whose behavior can be described as a finite (but significant) set of scenarios, we offer a method for mechanically transforming requirements (expressed in restricted natural language, or in other appropriate graphical notations) into a provably equivalent formal model that can be used as the basis for code generation and other transformations.
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Hinchey, Michael G.; Rash, James L.; Rouff, Christopher A.
2005-01-01
A general-purpose method to mechanically transform system requirements into a probably equivalent model has yet to appeal: Such a method represents a necessary step toward high-dependability system engineering for numerous possible application domains, including sensor networks and autonomous systems. Currently available tools and methods that start with a formal model of a system and mechanically produce a probably equivalent implementation are valuable but not su8cient. The "gap" unfilled by such tools and methods is that their. formal models cannot be proven to be equivalent to the system requirements as originated by the customel: For the classes of systems whose behavior can be described as a finite (but significant) set of scenarios, we offer a method for mechanically transforming requirements (expressed in restricted natural language, or in other appropriate graphical notations) into a probably equivalent formal model that can be used as the basis for code generation and other transformations.
Varma, Gopal; Wang, Xiaoen; Vinogradov, Elena; Bhatt, Rupal S.; Sukhatme, Vikas; Seth, Pankaj; Lenkinski, Robert E.; Alsop, David C.; Grant, Aaron K.
2015-01-01
Purpose In balanced steady state free precession (bSSFP), the signal intensity has a well-known dependence on the off-resonance frequency, or, equivalently, the phase advance between successive radiofrequency (RF) pulses. The signal profile can be used to resolve the contributions from the spectrally separated metabolites. This work describes a method based on use of a variable RF phase advance to acquire spatial and spectral data in a time-efficient manner for hyperpolarized 13C MRI. Theory and Methods The technique relies on the frequency response from a bSSFP acquisition to acquire relatively rapid, high-resolution images that may be reconstructed to separate contributions from different metabolites. The ability to produce images from spectrally separated metabolites was demonstrated in-vitro, as well as in-vivo following administration of hyperpolarized 1-13C pyruvate in mice with xenograft tumors. Results In-vivo images of pyruvate, alanine, pyruvate hydrate and lactate were reconstructed from 4 images acquired in 2 seconds with an in-plane resolution of 1.25 × 1.25mm2 and 5mm slice thickness. Conclusions The phase advance method allowed acquisition of spectroscopically selective images with high spatial and temporal resolution. This method provides an alternative approach to hyperpolarized 13C spectroscopic MRI that can be combined with other techniques such as multi-echo or fluctuating equilibrium bSSFP. PMID:26507361
Comparison of broiler litter and commercial fertilizer at equivalent N rates on soil quality
USDA-ARS?s Scientific Manuscript database
A 3-year study was conducted to determine the effects of variable rates of broiler litter relative to inorganic fertilizer at equivalent N rates on soil nutrient content and quality in an upland Granada silt loam (fine-silty, mixed, active, Thermic, Fraglossudalfs) soil. Treatments included annual b...
42 CFR 423.132 - Public disclosure of pharmaceutical prices for equivalent drugs.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR
2013-10-01
..., a Part D sponsor must require a pharmacy that dispenses a covered Part D drug to inform an enrollee... that pharmacy, unless the particular covered Part D drug being purchased is the lowest-priced therapeutically equivalent and bioequivalent version of that drug available at that pharmacy. (b) Timing of notice...
42 CFR 423.132 - Public disclosure of pharmaceutical prices for equivalent drugs.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-10-01
..., a Part D sponsor must require a pharmacy that dispenses a covered Part D drug to inform an enrollee... that pharmacy, unless the particular covered Part D drug being purchased is the lowest-priced therapeutically equivalent and bioequivalent version of that drug available at that pharmacy. (b) Timing of notice...
42 CFR 423.132 - Public disclosure of pharmaceutical prices for equivalent drugs.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-10-01
..., a Part D sponsor must require a pharmacy that dispenses a covered Part D drug to inform an enrollee... that pharmacy, unless the particular covered Part D drug being purchased is the lowest-priced therapeutically equivalent and bioequivalent version of that drug available at that pharmacy. (b) Timing of notice...
42 CFR 423.132 - Public disclosure of pharmaceutical prices for equivalent drugs.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-10-01
... sponsor must require a pharmacy that dispenses a covered Part D drug to inform an enrollee of any... Part D drug that is therapeutically equivalent and bioequivalent and available at that pharmacy, unless... bioequivalent version of that drug available at that pharmacy. (b) Timing of notice. Subject to paragraph (d) of...
42 CFR 423.132 - Public disclosure of pharmaceutical prices for equivalent drugs.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-10-01
... sponsor must require a pharmacy that dispenses a covered Part D drug to inform an enrollee of any... Part D drug that is therapeutically equivalent and bioequivalent and available at that pharmacy, unless... bioequivalent version of that drug available at that pharmacy. (b) Timing of notice. Subject to paragraph (d) of...
46 CFR 72.05-30 - Windows and airports.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-10-01
... strength purposes in certain locations. All glass shall be fitted in steel or equivalent metal frames and shall be retained by steel or equivalent metal glazing beads or angles. (b) Where wire-inserted glass is required, and the single wire type is employed, the strands shall run horizontally and shall be not more...
46 CFR 72.05-30 - Windows and airports.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-10-01
... strength purposes in certain locations. All glass shall be fitted in steel or equivalent metal frames and shall be retained by steel or equivalent metal glazing beads or angles. (b) Where wire-inserted glass is required, and the single wire type is employed, the strands shall run horizontally and shall be not more...
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
McLay, Laurie Kathleen; Sutherland, Dean; Church, John; Tyler-Merrick, Gaye
2013-01-01
Articles that empirically investigated the emergence of untaught equivalence relations among individuals with autism are presented in this review. Systematic searches of academic databases, journals and ancestry searches identified nine studies that met inclusion criteria. These studies were evaluated according to: (a) participants, (b)…
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-04-01
... 21 Food and Drugs 9 2010-04-01 2010-04-01 false Conviction. 1404.925 Section 1404.925 Food and... a plea of nolo contendere; or (b) Any other resolution that is the functional equivalent of a... participation of the court is the functional equivalent of a judgment only if it includes an admission of guilt. ...
21 CFR 522.313a - Ceftiofur crystalline free acid.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-04-01
... in beef, non-lactating dairy, and lactating dairy cattle. For the control of respiratory disease in... crystalline free acid. (1) Each milliliter (mL) contains 100 milligrams (mg) ceftiofur equivalents. (2) Each mL contains 200 mg ceftiofur equivalents. (b) Sponsor. See No. 000009 in § 510.600(c) of this chapter...
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-04-01
... 21 Food and Drugs 9 2011-04-01 2011-04-01 false Conviction. 1404.925 Section 1404.925 Food and... a plea of nolo contendere; or (b) Any other resolution that is the functional equivalent of a... participation of the court is the functional equivalent of a judgment only if it includes an admission of guilt. ...
High precision test of the equivalence principle
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Schlamminger, Stephan; Wagner, Todd; Choi, Ki-Young; Gundlach, Jens; Adelberger, Eric
2007-05-01
The equivalence principle is the underlying foundation of General Relativity. Many modern quantum theories of gravity predict violations of the equivalence principle. We are using a rotating torsion balance to search for a new equivalence principle violating, long range interaction. A sensitive torsion balance is mounted on a turntable rotating with constant angular velocity. On the torsion pendulum beryllium and titanium test bodies are installed in a composition dipole configuration. A violation of the equivalence principle would yield to a differential acceleration of the two materials towards a source mass. I will present measurements with a differential acceleration sensitivity of 3x10-15;m/s^2. To cite this abstract, use the following reference: http://meetings.aps.org/link/BAPS.2007.NWS07.B3.5
Preserving Symmetry in Preconditioned Krylov Subspace Methods
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Chan, Tony F.; Chow, E.; Saad, Y.; Yeung, M. C.
1996-01-01
We consider the problem of solving a linear system Ax = b when A is nearly symmetric and when the system is preconditioned by a symmetric positive definite matrix M. In the symmetric case, one can recover symmetry by using M-inner products in the conjugate gradient (CG) algorithm. This idea can also be used in the nonsymmetric case, and near symmetry can be preserved similarly. Like CG, the new algorithms are mathematically equivalent to split preconditioning, but do not require M to be factored. Better robustness in a specific sense can also be observed. When combined with truncated versions of iterative methods, tests show that this is more effective than the common practice of forfeiting near-symmetry altogether.
Navarro, Mirtha; Moreira, Ileana; Arnaez, Elizabeth; Quesada, Silvia; Azofeifa, Gabriela; Alvarado, Diego; Monagas, Maria J.
2017-01-01
The phenolic composition of aerial parts from Petiveria alliaceae L., Phyllanthus niruri L. and Senna reticulata Willd., species commonly used in Costa Rica as traditional medicines, was studied using UPLC-ESI-TQ-MS on enriched-phenolic extracts. Comparatively, higher values of total phenolic content (TPC), as measured by the Folin-Ciocalteau method, were observed for P. niruri extracts (328.8 gallic acid equivalents/g) than for S. reticulata (79.30 gallic acid equivalents/g) whereas P. alliaceae extract showed the lowest value (13.45 gallic acid equivalents/g). A total of 20 phenolic acids and proanthocyanidins were identified in the extracts, including hydroxybenzoic acids (benzoic, 4-hydroxybenzoic, gallic, prochatechuic, salicylic, syringic and vanillic acids); hydroxycinnamic acids (caffeic, ferulic, and p-coumaric acids); and flavan-3-ols monomers [(+)-catechin and (−)-epicatechin)]. Regarding proanthocyanidin oligomers, five procyanidin dimers (B1, B2, B3, B4, and B5) and one trimer (T2) are reported for the first time in P. niruri, as well as two propelargonidin dimers in S. reticulata. Additionally, P. niruri showed the highest antioxidant DPPH and ORAC values (IC50 of 6.4 μg/mL and 6.5 mmol TE/g respectively), followed by S. reticulata (IC50 of 72.9 μg/mL and 2.68 mmol TE/g respectively) and P. alliaceae extract (IC50 >1000 μg/mL and 1.32 mmol TE/g respectively). Finally, cytotoxicity and selectivity on gastric AGS and colon SW20 adenocarcinoma cell lines were evaluated and the best values were also found for P. niruri (SI = 2.8), followed by S. reticulata (SI = 2.5). Therefore, these results suggest that extracts containing higher proanthocyanidin content also show higher bioactivities. Significant positive correlation was found between TPC and ORAC (R2 = 0.996) as well as between phenolic content as measured by UPLC-DAD and ORAC (R2 = 0.990). These findings show evidence for the first time of the diversity of phenolic acids in P. alliaceae and S. reticulata, and the presence of proanthocyanidins as minor components in latter species. Of particular relevance is the occurrence of proanthocyanidin oligomers in phenolic extracts from P. niruri and their potential bioactivity. PMID:29048336
Study of iron-borate materials systems processed in space
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Neilson, G. F.
1978-01-01
It was calculated that an FeBO3B2O3 glass-ceramic containing only 1 mole% FeBO3 would be equivalent for magnetooptic application to a YIG crystal of equal thickness. An Fe2O3B2O3 composition containing 2 mole% FeBO3 equivalent (98B) could be converted largely to a dense green, though opaque, FeBO3 glass-ceramic through suitable heat treatments. However, phase separation (and segregation) and Fe+3 reduction could not be entirely avoided with the various procedures that were employed. From light scattering calculations, it was estimated that about 100 A to allow 90% light transmission through a 1 cm thick sample. However, the actual FeBO3 crystallite sizes obtained in 98B were of the order of 1 micron or greater.
Noise abatement technology options for conventional turboprop airplanes. Final report
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Galloway, W.J.; Wilby, J.F.
1981-06-01
The practical application of noise control technology to new and derivative conventional turboprop airplanes likely to come into service in the 1980's has been analyzed with a view to determining noise control cost/benefits. The analysis identifies feasible noise control methods, applies them to four study airplanes, and presents the noise reductions in terms of the equivalent perceived noise level at takeoff, sideline and approach locations, and the effect on the area within selected EPNL contours. Noise reductions of up to 8.3 dB for takeoff and 10.7 dB for approach are calculated for the study airplanes but, for most cases, themore » changes are less than 5 dB. Weight and cost increases associated with the noise control treatments are determined under the assumption there they are no changes to airplane performance or fuel consumption.« less
Weber, Benjamin; Lee, Sau L; Delvadia, Renishkumar; Lionberger, Robert; Li, Bing V; Tsong, Yi; Hochhaus, Guenther
2015-03-01
Equivalence testing of aerodynamic particle size distribution (APSD) through multi-stage cascade impactors (CIs) is important for establishing bioequivalence of orally inhaled drug products. Recent work demonstrated that the median of the modified chi-square ratio statistic (MmCSRS) is a promising metric for APSD equivalence testing of test (T) and reference (R) products as it can be applied to a reduced number of CI sites that are more relevant for lung deposition. This metric is also less sensitive to the increased variability often observed for low-deposition sites. A method to establish critical values for the MmCSRS is described here. This method considers the variability of the R product by employing a reference variance scaling approach that allows definition of critical values as a function of the observed variability of the R product. A stepwise CI equivalence test is proposed that integrates the MmCSRS as a method for comparing the relative shapes of CI profiles and incorporates statistical tests for assessing equivalence of single actuation content and impactor sized mass. This stepwise CI equivalence test was applied to 55 published CI profile scenarios, which were classified as equivalent or inequivalent by members of the Product Quality Research Institute working group (PQRI WG). The results of the stepwise CI equivalence test using a 25% difference in MmCSRS as an acceptance criterion provided the best matching with those of the PQRI WG as decisions of both methods agreed in 75% of the 55 CI profile scenarios.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-07-01
... followed by a gravimetric mass determination, but which is not a Class I equivalent method because of... MONITORING REFERENCE AND EQUIVALENT METHODS General Provisions § 53.1 Definitions. Terms used but not defined... slope of a linear plot fitted to corresponding candidate and reference method mean measurement data...
Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014
2012-06-01
... Hydrogen Peroxide Filter Extraction'' In this method, total suspended particulate matter (TSP) is collected on glass fiber filters according to 40 CFR Appendix G to part 50, EPA Reference Method for the Determination of Lead in Suspended Particulate Matter Collected From Ambient Air. The filter samples are...
Gutiérrez, Claudia M.; López, Catalina
2017-01-01
There is a lack of information about the methods used for bovine platelet-rich plasma (PRP)/platelet-rich gel (PRG) procurement, including information on platelet (PLT), white blood cell (WBC) in PRP, and growth factor release from PRG supernatants. The aims of this study were to compare and to correlate the PLT, WBC, transforming growth factor beta-1 (TGF-β1), and platelet-derived growth factor BB (PDGF-BB) concentrations in bovine whole blood, plasma, and four PRP layers and their respective PRG supernatants: A and B (obtained by a single centrifugation tube method at 720g/5 min) and C and D (obtained by a double centrifugation tube method, by using two centrifugation episodes at 720g/5 min). PLT and WBC counts were significantly higher in PRP-C, followed by whole blood, PRP-A, PRP-B, and PRP-D. TGF-β1 concentrations were significantly higher in PRG-B supernatants and its correspondent PRP-B lysate when compared to the other PRG supernatants and plasma. Supernatants from PRG-A, PRG-B, and PRG-D had equivalent TGF-β1 concentrations. PDGF-BB concentrations were not statistically different between the hemoderivatives. Significant Pearson correlations were noted between PLT counts and WBC counts (0.8) and between PLT counts and PLT distribution width (0.6). Further studies should be performed to assess the potential clinical applications of these PRPs. PMID:29214094
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Sajjadi, S. Maryam; Abdollahi, Hamid; Rahmanian, Reza; Bagheri, Leila
2016-03-01
A rapid, simple and inexpensive method using fluorescence spectroscopy coupled with multi-way methods for the determination of aflatoxins B1 and B2 in peanuts has been developed. In this method, aflatoxins are extracted with a mixture of water and methanol (90:10), and then monitored by fluorescence spectroscopy producing EEMs. Although the combination of EEMs and multi-way methods is commonly used to determine analytes in complex chemical systems with unknown interference(s), rank overlap problem in excitation and emission profiles may restrain the application of this strategy. If there is rank overlap in one mode, there are several three-way algorithms such as PARAFAC under some constraints that can resolve this kind of data successfully. However, the analysis of EEM data is impossible when some species have rank overlap in both modes because the information of the data matrix is equivalent to a zero-order data for that species, which is the case in our study. Aflatoxins B1 and B2 have the same shape of spectral profiles in both excitation and emission modes and we propose creating a third order data for each sample using solvent as a new additional selectivity mode. This third order data, in turn, converted to the second order data by augmentation, a fact which resurrects the second order advantage in original EEMs. The three-way data is constructed by stacking augmented data in the third way, and then analyzed by two powerful second order calibration methods (BLLS-RBL and PARAFAC) to quantify the analytes in four kinds of peanut samples. The results of both methods are in good agreement and reasonable recoveries are obtained.
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Behboodi, Sahand; Chassin, David P.; Djilali, Ned
This study describes a new approach for solving the multi-area electricity resource allocation problem when considering both intermittent renewables and demand response. The method determines the hourly inter-area export/import set that maximizes the interconnection (global) surplus satisfying transmission, generation and load constraints. The optimal inter-area transfer set effectively makes the electricity price uniform over the interconnection apart from constrained areas, which overall increases the consumer surplus more than it decreases the producer surplus. The method is computationally efficient and suitable for use in simulations that depend on optimal scheduling models. The method is demonstrated on a system that represents Northmore » America Western Interconnection for the planning year of 2024. Simulation results indicate that effective use of interties reduces the system operation cost substantially. Excluding demand response, both the unconstrained and the constrained scheduling solutions decrease the global production cost (and equivalently increase the global economic surplus) by 12.30B and 10.67B per year, respectively, when compared to the standalone case in which each control area relies only on its local supply resources. This cost saving is equal to 25% and 22% of the annual production cost. Including 5% demand response, the constrained solution decreases the annual production cost by 10.70B, while increases the annual surplus by 9.32B in comparison to the standalone case.« less
Behboodi, Sahand; Chassin, David P.; Djilali, Ned; ...
2016-12-23
This study describes a new approach for solving the multi-area electricity resource allocation problem when considering both intermittent renewables and demand response. The method determines the hourly inter-area export/import set that maximizes the interconnection (global) surplus satisfying transmission, generation and load constraints. The optimal inter-area transfer set effectively makes the electricity price uniform over the interconnection apart from constrained areas, which overall increases the consumer surplus more than it decreases the producer surplus. The method is computationally efficient and suitable for use in simulations that depend on optimal scheduling models. The method is demonstrated on a system that represents Northmore » America Western Interconnection for the planning year of 2024. Simulation results indicate that effective use of interties reduces the system operation cost substantially. Excluding demand response, both the unconstrained and the constrained scheduling solutions decrease the global production cost (and equivalently increase the global economic surplus) by 12.30B and 10.67B per year, respectively, when compared to the standalone case in which each control area relies only on its local supply resources. This cost saving is equal to 25% and 22% of the annual production cost. Including 5% demand response, the constrained solution decreases the annual production cost by 10.70B, while increases the annual surplus by 9.32B in comparison to the standalone case.« less
Bit Error Probability for Maximum Likelihood Decoding of Linear Block Codes
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Lin, Shu; Fossorier, Marc P. C.; Rhee, Dojun
1996-01-01
In this paper, the bit error probability P(sub b) for maximum likelihood decoding of binary linear codes is investigated. The contribution of each information bit to P(sub b) is considered. For randomly generated codes, it is shown that the conventional approximation at high SNR P(sub b) is approximately equal to (d(sub H)/N)P(sub s), where P(sub s) represents the block error probability, holds for systematic encoding only. Also systematic encoding provides the minimum P(sub b) when the inverse mapping corresponding to the generator matrix of the code is used to retrieve the information sequence. The bit error performances corresponding to other generator matrix forms are also evaluated. Although derived for codes with a generator matrix randomly generated, these results are shown to provide good approximations for codes used in practice. Finally, for decoding methods which require a generator matrix with a particular structure such as trellis decoding or algebraic-based soft decision decoding, equivalent schemes that reduce the bit error probability are discussed.
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Bi, Chuan-Xing; Geng, Lin; Zhang, Xiao-Zheng
2016-05-01
In the sound field with multiple non-stationary sources, the measured pressure is the sum of the pressures generated by all sources, and thus cannot be used directly for studying the vibration and sound radiation characteristics of every source alone. This paper proposes a separation model based on the interpolated time-domain equivalent source method (ITDESM) to separate the pressure field belonging to every source from the non-stationary multi-source sound field. In the proposed method, ITDESM is first extended to establish the relationship between the mixed time-dependent pressure and all the equivalent sources distributed on every source with known location and geometry information, and all the equivalent source strengths at each time step are solved by an iterative solving process; then, the corresponding equivalent source strengths of one interested source are used to calculate the pressure field generated by that source alone. Numerical simulation of two baffled circular pistons demonstrates that the proposed method can be effective in separating the non-stationary pressure generated by every source alone in both time and space domains. An experiment with two speakers in a semi-anechoic chamber further evidences the effectiveness of the proposed method.
Transfer of function and prior derived-relations testing.
Doughty, Adam H; Best, Lauren
2017-10-01
This experiment assessed transfer of function through equivalence relations with and without prior derived-stimulus-relations (DSR) testing. In a DSR-Testing Group, eight college students learned A-B and A-C discriminations in baseline. They then derived the B-C and C-B equivalence relations before being exposed to a transfer-of-function manipulation and test. Eight participants in a No-DSR Testing Group were exposed to the transfer-of-function manipulation and test immediately after learning the baseline discriminations (i.e., B-C and C-B testing were omitted). In the transfer-of-function manipulation, participants learned to respond differently in the presence of B1 and B2 to avoid money loss. In the transfer-of-function test, responding in the presence of C1 and C2 was measured in the absence of differential consequences. Transfer of function occurred reliably only in the DSR-Testing Group (i.e., participants responding to C1 and C2 in the manner they learned to respond to B1 and B2, respectively). These findings support the notion that prior DSR testing can be critical to observing transfer of function. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
Ventilatory acclimatization to hypoxia in mice: Methodological considerations.
Ivy, Catherine M; Scott, Graham R
2017-01-01
We examined ventilatory acclimatization to hypoxia (VAH) in CD1 mice, and contrasted results obtained using the barometric method on unrestrained mice with pneumotachography and pulse oximetry on restrained mice. Responses to progressive step reductions in O 2 fraction (21%-8%) were assessed in mice acclimated to normoxia and hypobaric hypoxia (barometric pressure of 60kPa for 6-8 weeks). Hypoxia acclimation increased the hypoxic ventilatory response (primarily by increasing breathing frequency rather than tidal volume), arterial O 2 saturation (Sa O2 ) and heart rate in deep hypoxia, hypoxic chemosensitivity (ventilatory O 2 /CO 2 equivalents versus Sa O2 ), and respiratory water loss, and it blunted the hypoxic depression of metabolism and body temperature. Although some effects of hypoxia acclimation were qualitatively similar between methods, the effects were often greater in magnitude when assessed using pneumotachography. Furthermore, whereas hypoxia acclimation reduced ventilatory O 2 equivalent and increased pulmonary O 2 extraction in barometric experiments, it had the opposite effects in pneumotachography experiments. Our findings highlight the importance of considering the impact of how breathing is measured on the apparent responses to hypoxia. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
Ledwidge, Patrick S; Molfese, Dennis L
2016-12-01
This study investigated the effects of a past concussion on electrophysiological indices of attention in college athletes. Forty-four varsity football athletes (22 with at least one past concussion) participated in three neuropsychological tests and a two-tone auditory oddball task while undergoing high-density event-related potential (ERP) recording. Athletes previously diagnosed with a concussion experienced their most recent injury approximately 4 years before testing. Previously concussed and control athletes performed equivalently on three neuropsychological tests. Behavioral accuracy and reaction times on the oddball task were also equivalent across groups. However, athletes with a concussion history exhibited significantly larger N2 and P3b amplitudes and longer P3b latencies. Source localization using standardized low-resolution brain electromagnetic tomography indicated that athletes with a history of concussion generated larger electrical current density in the left inferior parietal gyrus compared to control athletes. These findings support the hypothesis that individuals with a past concussion recruit compensatory neural resources in order to meet executive functioning demands. High-density ERP measures combined with source localization provide an important method to detect long-term neural consequences of concussion in the absence of impaired neuropsychological performance.
Molfese, Dennis L.
2016-01-01
Abstract This study investigated the effects of a past concussion on electrophysiological indices of attention in college athletes. Forty-four varsity football athletes (22 with at least one past concussion) participated in three neuropsychological tests and a two-tone auditory oddball task while undergoing high-density event-related potential (ERP) recording. Athletes previously diagnosed with a concussion experienced their most recent injury approximately 4 years before testing. Previously concussed and control athletes performed equivalently on three neuropsychological tests. Behavioral accuracy and reaction times on the oddball task were also equivalent across groups. However, athletes with a concussion history exhibited significantly larger N2 and P3b amplitudes and longer P3b latencies. Source localization using standardized low-resolution brain electromagnetic tomography indicated that athletes with a history of concussion generated larger electrical current density in the left inferior parietal gyrus compared to control athletes. These findings support the hypothesis that individuals with a past concussion recruit compensatory neural resources in order to meet executive functioning demands. High-density ERP measures combined with source localization provide an important method to detect long-term neural consequences of concussion in the absence of impaired neuropsychological performance. PMID:27025905
40 CFR 53.52 - Leak check test.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-07-01
... MONITORING REFERENCE AND EQUIVALENT METHODS Procedures for Testing Physical (Design) and Performance Characteristics of Reference Methods and Class I and Class II Equivalent Methods for PM 2.5 or PM 10-2.5 § 53.52... to include the facility, including components, instruments, operator controls, a written procedure...
An equivalent viscoelastic model for rock mass with parallel joints
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Li, Jianchun; Ma, Guowei; Zhao, Jian
2010-03-01
An equivalent viscoelastic medium model is proposed for rock mass with parallel joints. A concept of "virtual wave source (VWS)" is proposed to take into account the wave reflections between the joints. The equivalent model can be effectively applied to analyze longitudinal wave propagation through discontinuous media with parallel joints. Parameters in the equivalent viscoelastic model are derived analytically based on longitudinal wave propagation across a single rock joint. The proposed model is then verified by applying identical incident waves to the discontinuous and equivalent viscoelastic media at one end to compare the output waves at the other end. When the wavelength of the incident wave is sufficiently long compared to the joint spacing, the effect of the VWS on wave propagation in rock mass is prominent. The results from the equivalent viscoelastic medium model are very similar to those determined from the displacement discontinuity method. Frequency dependence and joint spacing effect on the equivalent viscoelastic model and the VWS method are discussed.
Zhang, Xiao-Zheng; Bi, Chuan-Xing; Zhang, Yong-Bin; Xu, Liang
2015-05-01
Planar near-field acoustic holography has been successfully extended to reconstruct the sound field in a moving medium, however, the reconstructed field still contains the convection effect that might lead to the wrong identification of sound sources. In order to accurately identify sound sources in a moving medium, a time-domain equivalent source method is developed. In the method, the real source is replaced by a series of time-domain equivalent sources whose strengths are solved iteratively by utilizing the measured pressure and the known convective time-domain Green's function, and time averaging is used to reduce the instability in the iterative solving process. Since these solved equivalent source strengths are independent of the convection effect, they can be used not only to identify sound sources but also to model sound radiations in both moving and static media. Numerical simulations are performed to investigate the influence of noise on the solved equivalent source strengths and the effect of time averaging on reducing the instability, and to demonstrate the advantages of the proposed method on the source identification and sound radiation modeling.
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Mora, M.; Castro, M. E.; Niño, A.; Melendez, F. J.; Muñoz-Caro, C.
This work presents an analysis of the equivalence of MP2 and DFT (B3LYP functional) conformational populations. As a test case, we select three cholinergic agents (trans-nicotine, acetylcholine, and the nicotinic analgesic ABT-594), where the minima on the conformational energy hypersurfaces expand a large range of energies (˜0-30 kJ mol-1). From energetic and structural data obtained in vacuo at the MP2 and B3LYP/cc-pVDZ levels, we build conformational partition functions, including the effect of the conformational kinetic energy and the rotovibrational coupling. Our results at a physiological temperature (37°C) show qualitative agreement in all cases. Quantitative agreement, however, is only found for trans-nicotine and ABT-594. In the first case, energy minima differ by <0.2 kJ mol-1. Therefore, the equivalence of structural results translates in the equivalence of the conformational distribution. For ABT-594, the minima are separated by as much as 8.0 kJ mol-1, and the conformational energy determines the conformational distribution. In this case, the slight relative variation of conformational energy, between B3LYP and MP2, does not affect the population, since the secondary minima are high in energy and very low in population.
Characterization of zero-bias microwave diode power detectors at cryogenic temperature.
Giordano, Vincent; Fluhr, Christophe; Dubois, Benoît; Rubiola, Enrico
2016-08-01
We present the characterization of commercial tunnel diode low-level microwave power detectors at room and cryogenic temperatures. The sensitivity as well as the output voltage noise of the tunnel diodes is measured as functions of the applied microwave power. We highlight strong variations of the diode characteristics when the applied microwave power is higher than a few microwatts. For a diode operating at 4 K, the differential gain increases from 1000 V/W to about 4500 V/W when the power passes from -30 dBm to -20 dBm. The diode white noise floor is equivalent to a Noise Equivalent Power of 0.8 pW/Hz and 8 pW/Hz at 4 K and 300 K, respectively. Its flicker noise is equivalent to a relative amplitude noise power spectral density Sα(1 Hz) = - 120 dB/Hz at 4 K. Flicker noise is 10 dB higher at room temperature.
Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014
2012-09-27
... allowable stress factors for type B and type C independent cargo tanks are more stringent than the... inspections have advanced since the Coast Guard first promulgated regulations on allowable stress factors on... allowable stress factors provide a level of safety protection equivalent to the standards in 46 CFR 154.447...
17 CFR 162.5 - Contents of opt-out notice; consolidated and equivalent notices.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-04-01
... Affiliate Marketing Rules § 162.5 Contents of opt-out notice; consolidated and equivalent notices. (a... conspicuous, as well as concise, and must accurately disclose the following: (i) (A) The name of the affiliate... notice; or (B) If jointly provided jointly by multiple affiliates and each affiliate shares a common name...
17 CFR 162.5 - Contents of opt-out notice; consolidated and equivalent notices.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR
2013-04-01
... Affiliate Marketing Rules § 162.5 Contents of opt-out notice; consolidated and equivalent notices. (a... conspicuous, as well as concise, and must accurately disclose the following: (i) (A) The name of the affiliate... notice; or (B) If jointly provided jointly by multiple affiliates and each affiliate shares a common name...
17 CFR 162.5 - Contents of opt-out notice; consolidated and equivalent notices.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-04-01
... Business Affiliate Marketing Rules § 162.5 Contents of opt-out notice; consolidated and equivalent notices... conspicuous, as well as concise, and must accurately disclose the following: (i) (A) The name of the affiliate... notice; or (B) If jointly provided jointly by multiple affiliates and each affiliate shares a common name...
46 CFR 72.05-10 - Type, location, and construction of fire control bulkheads and decks.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-10-01
..., and deckhouses shall be constructed of steel or other equivalent metal construction of appropriate scantlings. (b) The hull, superstructure, and deck houses shall be subdivided by suitable structural steel or... the deck. (1) Bulkheads or decks of the “A” Class shall be composed of steel or equivalent metal...
40 CFR 98.124 - Monitoring and QA/QC requirements.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-07-01
... in paragraph (b)(8) of this section only if the total annual CO2-equivalent fluorinated GHG... terms of total CO2 equivalents. For fluorinated GHGs whose GWPs are not listed in Table A-1 to subpart A... control purposes and may include but are not limited to yields, pressures, temperatures, etc. (e.g., of...
40 CFR 98.124 - Monitoring and QA/QC requirements.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR
2013-07-01
... in paragraph (b)(8) of this section only if the total annual CO2-equivalent fluorinated GHG... terms of total CO2 equivalents. For fluorinated GHGs whose GWPs are not listed in Table A-1 to subpart A... control purposes and may include but are not limited to yields, pressures, temperatures, etc. (e.g., of...
10 CFR 35.49 - Suppliers for sealed sources or devices for medical use.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-01-01
... accordance with a license issued under 10 CFR part 30 and 10 CFR 32.74 of this chapter or equivalent requirements of an Agreement State; (b) Sealed sources or devices non-commercially transferred from a Part 35... in accordance with a license issued under 10 CFR part 30 or the equivalent requirements of an...
10 CFR 35.49 - Suppliers for sealed sources or devices for medical use.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-01-01
... accordance with a license issued under 10 CFR Part 30 and 10 CFR 32.74 of this chapter or equivalent requirements of an Agreement State; (b) Sealed sources or devices non-commercially transferred from a Part 35... in accordance with a license issued under 10 CFR Part 30 or the equivalent requirements of an...
10 CFR 35.49 - Suppliers for sealed sources or devices for medical use.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-01-01
... accordance with a license issued under 10 CFR Part 30 and 10 CFR 32.74 of this chapter or equivalent requirements of an Agreement State; (b) Sealed sources or devices non-commercially transferred from a Part 35... in accordance with a license issued under 10 CFR Part 30 or the equivalent requirements of an...
10 CFR 35.49 - Suppliers for sealed sources or devices for medical use.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-01-01
... accordance with a license issued under 10 CFR Part 30 and 10 CFR 32.74 of this chapter or equivalent requirements of an Agreement State; (b) Sealed sources or devices non-commercially transferred from a Part 35... in accordance with a license issued under 10 CFR Part 30 or the equivalent requirements of an...
10 CFR 35.49 - Suppliers for sealed sources or devices for medical use.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR
2013-01-01
... accordance with a license issued under 10 CFR Part 30 and 10 CFR 32.74 of this chapter or equivalent requirements of an Agreement State; (b) Sealed sources or devices non-commercially transferred from a Part 35... in accordance with a license issued under 10 CFR Part 30 or the equivalent requirements of an...
45 CFR 2526.10 - Who is eligible to receive an education award from the National Service Trust?
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-10-01
.... (b) High school diploma or equivalent. To use an education award, an individual must— (1) Have received a high school diploma or its equivalent; or (2) Be enrolled at an institution of higher education... declaration regarding high school diploma sufficient for disbursement. For purposes of disbursing an education...
45 CFR 2526.10 - Who is eligible to receive an education award from the National Service Trust?
Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR
2013-10-01
.... (b) High school diploma or equivalent. To use an education award, an individual must— (1) Have received a high school diploma or its equivalent; or (2) Be enrolled at an institution of higher education... declaration regarding high school diploma sufficient for disbursement. For purposes of disbursing an education...
45 CFR 2526.10 - Who is eligible to receive an education award from the National Service Trust?
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-10-01
.... (b) High school diploma or equivalent. To use an education award, an individual must— (1) Have received a high school diploma or its equivalent; or (2) Be enrolled at an institution of higher education... declaration regarding high school diploma sufficient for disbursement. For purposes of disbursing an education...
45 CFR 2526.10 - Who is eligible to receive an education award from the National Service Trust?
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-10-01
.... (b) High school diploma or equivalent. To use an education award, an individual must— (1) Have received a high school diploma or its equivalent; or (2) Be enrolled at an institution of higher education... declaration regarding high school diploma sufficient for disbursement. For purposes of disbursing an education...
45 CFR 2526.10 - Who is eligible to receive an education award from the National Service Trust?
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-10-01
.... (b) High school diploma or equivalent. To use an education award, an individual must— (1) Have received a high school diploma or its equivalent; or (2) Be enrolled at an institution of higher education... declaration regarding high school diploma sufficient for disbursement. For purposes of disbursing an education...
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-07-01
... megajoule). (B) Oxides of Nitrogen plus Non-methane Hydrocarbon Equivalent (NO X + NMHCE) for engines fueled... Nitrogen plus Non-methane Hydrocarbon Equivalent (NO X + NMHCE) for engines fueled with methanol. 1.5 grams... Environment ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (CONTINUED) AIR PROGRAMS (CONTINUED) CONTROL OF EMISSIONS FROM NEW...
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Wang, Bo; Tian, Kuo; Zhao, Haixin; Hao, Peng; Zhu, Tianyu; Zhang, Ke; Ma, Yunlong
2017-06-01
In order to improve the post-buckling optimization efficiency of hierarchical stiffened shells, a multilevel optimization framework accelerated by adaptive equivalent strategy is presented in this paper. Firstly, the Numerical-based Smeared Stiffener Method (NSSM) for hierarchical stiffened shells is derived by means of the numerical implementation of asymptotic homogenization (NIAH) method. Based on the NSSM, a reasonable adaptive equivalent strategy for hierarchical stiffened shells is developed from the concept of hierarchy reduction. Its core idea is to self-adaptively decide which hierarchy of the structure should be equivalent according to the critical buckling mode rapidly predicted by NSSM. Compared with the detailed model, the high prediction accuracy and efficiency of the proposed model is highlighted. On the basis of this adaptive equivalent model, a multilevel optimization framework is then established by decomposing the complex entire optimization process into major-stiffener-level and minor-stiffener-level sub-optimizations, during which Fixed Point Iteration (FPI) is employed to accelerate convergence. Finally, the illustrative examples of the multilevel framework is carried out to demonstrate its efficiency and effectiveness to search for the global optimum result by contrast with the single-level optimization method. Remarkably, the high efficiency and flexibility of the adaptive equivalent strategy is indicated by compared with the single equivalent strategy.
Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014
2011-04-08
... Activities; Proposed Collection; Comment Request; Application for Reference and Equivalent Method... ID No. EPA-HQ- ORD-2005-0530, by one of the following methods: http://www.regulations.gov : Follow... instruments, or any other applicant for a reference or an equivalent method determination. Title: Application...
40 CFR 53.59 - Aerosol transport test for Class I equivalent method samplers.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-07-01
... sample collection filter) differs significantly from that specified for reference method samplers as... transport is the percentage of a laboratory challenge aerosol which penetrates to the active sample filter of the candidate equivalent method sampler. (2) The active sample filter is the exclusive filter...
40 CFR 53.59 - Aerosol transport test for Class I equivalent method samplers.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-07-01
... sample collection filter) differs significantly from that specified for reference method samplers as... transport is the percentage of a laboratory challenge aerosol which penetrates to the active sample filter of the candidate equivalent method sampler. (2) The active sample filter is the exclusive filter...
40 CFR 53.59 - Aerosol transport test for Class I equivalent method samplers.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR
2013-07-01
... sample collection filter) differs significantly from that specified for reference method samplers as... transport is the percentage of a laboratory challenge aerosol which penetrates to the active sample filter of the candidate equivalent method sampler. (2) The active sample filter is the exclusive filter...
40 CFR 53.59 - Aerosol transport test for Class I equivalent method samplers.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-07-01
... sample collection filter) differs significantly from that specified for reference method samplers as... transport is the percentage of a laboratory challenge aerosol which penetrates to the active sample filter of the candidate equivalent method sampler. (2) The active sample filter is the exclusive filter...
40 CFR 53.59 - Aerosol transport test for Class I equivalent method samplers.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-07-01
... sample collection filter) differs significantly from that specified for reference method samplers as... transport is the percentage of a laboratory challenge aerosol which penetrates to the active sample filter of the candidate equivalent method sampler. (2) The active sample filter is the exclusive filter...
40 CFR 53.52 - Leak check test.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-07-01
... MONITORING REFERENCE AND EQUIVALENT METHODS Procedures for Testing Physical (Design) and Performance Characteristics of Reference Methods and Class I and Class II Equivalent Methods for PM2.5 or PM10â2.5 § 53.52... to include the facility, including components, instruments, operator controls, a written procedure...
40 CFR 53.52 - Leak check test.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-07-01
... MONITORING REFERENCE AND EQUIVALENT METHODS Procedures for Testing Physical (Design) and Performance Characteristics of Reference Methods and Class I and Class II Equivalent Methods for PM2.5 or PM10â2.5 § 53.52... to include the facility, including components, instruments, operator controls, a written procedure...
40 CFR 53.52 - Leak check test.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-07-01
... MONITORING REFERENCE AND EQUIVALENT METHODS Procedures for Testing Physical (Design) and Performance Characteristics of Reference Methods and Class I and Class II Equivalent Methods for PM2.5 or PM10â2.5 § 53.52... to include the facility, including components, instruments, operator controls, a written procedure...
21 CFR 520.1696b - Penicillin G powder.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-04-01
... 21 Food and Drugs 6 2014-04-01 2014-04-01 false Penicillin G powder. 520.1696b Section 520.1696b... DRUGS, FEEDS, AND RELATED PRODUCTS ORAL DOSAGE FORM NEW ANIMAL DRUGS § 520.1696b Penicillin G powder. (a) Specifications. Each gram of powder contains penicillin G potassium equivalent to 1.54 million units of...
21 CFR 520.1696b - Penicillin G powder.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR
2013-04-01
... 21 Food and Drugs 6 2013-04-01 2013-04-01 false Penicillin G powder. 520.1696b Section 520.1696b... DRUGS, FEEDS, AND RELATED PRODUCTS ORAL DOSAGE FORM NEW ANIMAL DRUGS § 520.1696b Penicillin G powder. (a) Specifications. Each gram of powder contains penicillin G potassium equivalent to 1.54 million units of...
SUPPORT FOR REFERENCE AND EQUIVALENCY PROGRAM
Federal Reference Methods (FRMs) and Federal Equivalent Methods (FEMs) form the backbone of the EPA's national monitoring strategy. They are the measurement methodologies that define attainment of a National Ambient Air Quality Standard (NAAQS). As knowledge and technology adva...
Zhang, L; Jin, C; Jiang, Z; Tang, T; Jiang, Y; Pan, P L
2017-09-10
Objective: To compare the bio-equivalence among commercial HIV-1 viral load tests, including EasyQ HIV-1 v2.0 (EasyQ) from bioMerieux NucliSens of France; VERSANT HIV-1 RNA 3.0 assay (bDNA) from Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics of USA; COBAS AmpliPrep/COBAS TaqMan HIV-1 test (Taqman) from Roche Molecular Diagnosis of USA; Abbott Real Time HIV-1 Kit (M2000) from Abbott Molecular of USA and two domestic HIV-1 viral load test kits (domestic kit) from DaAn Gene Company of Sun Yat-Sen University and Liaoning Bio-Pharmaceutical company of Northeast pharmaceutical group, by using proficiency test results in China from 2013 to 2015. Methods: A total of 2 954 proficiency test results, obtained from 22 positive samples of 6 proficiency tests in 155 laboratories conducted by China CDC were analyzed during 2013-2015. The results from each sample were first logarithmic transformed and then grouped according to the method used, the mean value of logarithmic results was calculated. Subsequently, 22 clusters of mean values were analyzed by Bland-Altman analysis for the consistency, and linear regression analysis for the interdependency. Results: The results indicated that, by taking Taqman as the reference, EasyQ, M2000, bDNA and domestic kit had good consistency (90 % -100 % ) and interdependency. Conclusion: All the viral load tests were bio-equivalent. Moreover, according to the conversion formula derived from domestic proficiency test results, all the viral load results could be converted, which is critical for epidemiological analysis.
21 CFR 522.1696b - Penicillin G procaine aqueous suspension.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-04-01
... 21 Food and Drugs 6 2014-04-01 2014-04-01 false Penicillin G procaine aqueous suspension. 522... ANIMAL DRUGS § 522.1696b Penicillin G procaine aqueous suspension. (a) Specifications. Each milliliter contains penicillin G procaine equivalent to 300,000 units of penicillin G. (b) Sponsors. See sponsor...
21 CFR 522.1696b - Penicillin G procaine aqueous suspension.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-04-01
... 21 Food and Drugs 6 2011-04-01 2011-04-01 false Penicillin G procaine aqueous suspension. 522... ANIMAL DRUGS § 522.1696b Penicillin G procaine aqueous suspension. (a) Specifications. Each milliliter contains penicillin G procaine equivalent to 300,000 units of penicillin G. (b) Sponsors. See sponsor...
21 CFR 522.1696b - Penicillin G procaine aqueous suspension.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-04-01
... 21 Food and Drugs 6 2010-04-01 2010-04-01 false Penicillin G procaine aqueous suspension. 522... ANIMAL DRUGS § 522.1696b Penicillin G procaine aqueous suspension. (a) Specifications. Each milliliter contains penicillin G procaine equivalent to 300,000 units of penicillin G. (b) Sponsors. See sponsor...
21 CFR 522.1696b - Penicillin G procaine aqueous suspension.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-04-01
... 21 Food and Drugs 6 2012-04-01 2012-04-01 false Penicillin G procaine aqueous suspension. 522... ANIMAL DRUGS § 522.1696b Penicillin G procaine aqueous suspension. (a) Specifications. Each milliliter contains penicillin G procaine equivalent to 300,000 units of penicillin G. (b) Sponsors. See sponsor...
21 CFR 522.1696b - Penicillin G procaine aqueous suspension.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR
2013-04-01
... 21 Food and Drugs 6 2013-04-01 2013-04-01 false Penicillin G procaine aqueous suspension. 522... ANIMAL DRUGS § 522.1696b Penicillin G procaine aqueous suspension. (a) Specifications. Each milliliter contains penicillin G procaine equivalent to 300,000 units of penicillin G. (b) Sponsors. See sponsor...
The equivalent magnetizing method applied to the design of gradient coils for MRI.
Lopez, Hector Sanchez; Liu, Feng; Crozier, Stuart
2008-01-01
This paper presents a new method for the design of gradient coils for Magnetic Resonance Imaging systems. The method is based on the equivalence between a magnetized volume surrounded by a conducting surface and its equivalent representation in surface current/charge density. We demonstrate that the curl of the vertical magnetization induces a surface current density whose stream line defines the coil current pattern. This method can be applied for coils wounds on arbitrary surface shapes. A single layer unshielded transverse gradient coil is designed and compared, with the designs obtained using two conventional methods. Through the presented example we demonstrate that the generated unconventional current patterns obtained using the magnetizing current method produces a superior gradient coil performance than coils designed by applying conventional methods.
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Ink, S.L.; Gregory, J.F. III; Sartain, D.B.
The effect of thermal processing on the bioavailability of vitamin B/sub 6/ in liver and muscle was examined by radioisotopic enrichment of these tissues. Rats were fed a single gelled test meal containing rat liver or muscle intrinsically enriched by vascular perfusion with (/sup 3/H)vitamin B/sub 6/ or a gelled test meal containing (/sup 3/H)pyridoxine (PN). Diets were extrinsically enriched with (/sup 14/C)PN to permit a direct comparison of enrichment methods. Absorption and metabolism were examined by analysis of tissues and excreta 24 h after the test meal had been consumed. The bioavailability of (/sup 3/H)B/sub 6/ vitamers in themore » raw tissues was equivalent to that of (/sup 3/H)PN in controls. Thermal processing of the tissues (121/sup 0/C, 45 min) induced destruction of 25-30% of the (/sup 3/H)B/sub 6/ vitamers and weakly reduced (less than or equal to10%) the utilization of the remaining(/sup 3/H)B/sub 6/ vitamers. The presence of monosodium glutamate (MSG) during thermal processing did not alter the results. The utilization of (/sup 14/C)PN was unaffected by diet composition. These data demonstrate the high bioavailability of vitamin B/sub 6/ in animal-derived foods and support the use of isotopic enrichment methods as an alternative to conventional bioassay procedures.« less
Andreasen, Nancy C; Pressler, Marcus; Nopoulos, Peg; Miller, Del; Ho, Beng-Choon
2010-02-01
A standardized quantitative method for comparing dosages of different drugs is a useful tool for designing clinical trials and for examining the effects of long-term medication side effects such as tardive dyskinesia. Such a method requires establishing dose equivalents. An expert consensus group has published charts of equivalent doses for various antipsychotic medications for first- and second-generation medications. These charts were used in this study. Regression was used to compare each drug in the experts' charts to chlorpromazine and haloperidol and to create formulas for each relationship. The formulas were solved for chlorpromazine 100 mg and haloperidol 2 mg to derive new chlorpromazine and haloperidol equivalents. The formulas were incorporated into our definition of dose-years such that 100 mg/day of chlorpromazine equivalent or 2 mg/day of haloperidol equivalent taken for 1 year is equal to one dose-year. All comparisons to chlorpromazine and haloperidol were highly linear with R(2) values greater than .9. A power transformation further improved linearity. By deriving a unique formula that converts doses to chlorpromazine or haloperidol equivalents, we can compare otherwise dissimilar drugs. These equivalents can be multiplied by the time an individual has been on a given dose to derive a cumulative value measured in dose-years in the form of (chlorpromazine equivalent in mg) x (time on dose measured in years). After each dose has been converted to dose-years, the results can be summed to provide a cumulative quantitative measure of lifetime exposure. Copyright 2010 Society of Biological Psychiatry. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Yamazaki, Katsumi
In this paper, we propose a method to calculate the equivalent circuit parameters of interior permanent magnet motors including iron loss resistance using the finite element method. First, the finite element analysis considering harmonics and magnetic saturation is carried out to obtain time variations of magnetic fields in the stator and the rotor core. Second, the iron losses of the stator and the rotor are calculated from the results of the finite element analysis with the considerations of harmonic eddy current losses and the minor hysteresis losses of the core. As a result, we obtain the equivalent circuit parameters i.e. the d-q axis inductance and the iron loss resistance as functions of operating condition of the motor. The proposed method is applied to an interior permanent magnet motor to calculate the characteristics based on the equivalent circuit obtained by the proposed method. The calculated results are compared with the experimental results to verify the accuracy.
Requirements to Design to Code: Towards a Fully Formal Approach to Automatic Code Generation
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Hinchey, Michael G.; Rash, James L.; Rouff, Christopher A.
2005-01-01
A general-purpose method to mechanically transform system requirements into a provably equivalent model has yet to appear. Such a method represents a necessary step toward high-dependability system engineering for numerous possible application domains, including distributed software systems, sensor networks, robot operation, complex scripts for spacecraft integration and testing, and autonomous systems. Currently available tools and methods that start with a formal model of a system and mechanically produce a provably equivalent implementation are valuable but not sufficient. The gap that current tools and methods leave unfilled is that their formal models cannot be proven to be equivalent to the system requirements as originated by the customer. For the classes of systems whose behavior can be described as a finite (but significant) set of scenarios, we offer a method for mechanically transforming requirements (expressed in restricted natural language, or in other appropriate graphical notations) into a provably equivalent formal model that can be used as the basis for code generation and other transformations.
Requirements to Design to Code: Towards a Fully Formal Approach to Automatic Code Generation
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Hinchey, Michael G.; Rash, James L.; Rouff, Christopher A.
2005-01-01
A general-purpose method to mechanically transform system requirements into a provably equivalent model has yet to appear. Such a method represents a necessary step toward high-dependability system engineering for numerous possible application domains, including distributed software systems, sensor networks, robot operation, complex scripts for spacecraft integration and testing, and autonomous systems. Currently available tools and methods that start with a formal model of a: system and mechanically produce a provably equivalent implementation are valuable but not sufficient. The "gap" that current tools and methods leave unfilled is that their formal models cannot be proven to be equivalent to the system requirements as originated by the customer. For the ciasses of systems whose behavior can be described as a finite (but significant) set of scenarios, we offer a method for mechanically transforming requirements (expressed in restricted natural language, or in other appropriate graphical notations) into a provably equivalent formal model that can be used as the basis for code generation and other transformations.
Eroglu, Ela; Okada, Shigeru; Melis, Anastasios
2011-08-01
Six different strains of the green microalgae Botryococcus belonging to the A-race or B-race, accumulating alkadiene or botryococcene hydrocarbons, respectively, were compared for biomass and hydrocarbon productivities. Biomass productivity was assessed gravimetrically upon strain growth in the laboratory under defined conditions. Hydrocarbon productivities were measured by three different and independent experimental approaches, including density equilibrium of the intact cells and micro-colonies, spectrophotometric analysis of hydrocarbon extracts, and gravimetric quantitation of eluted hydrocarbons. All three hydrocarbon-quantitation methods yielded similar results for each of the strains examined. The B-race microalgae Botryococcus braunii var. Showa and Kawaguchi-1 constitutively accumulated botryococcene hydrocarbons equivalent to 30% and 20%, respectively, of their overall biomass. The A-race microalgae Botryococcus braunii, varieties Yamanaka, UTEX 2441 and UTEX LB572 constitutively accumulated alkadiene hydrocarbons ranging from 14% to 13% and 10% of their overall biomass, respectively. Botryococcus sudeticus (UTEX 2629), a morphologically different green microalga, had the lowest hydrocarbon accumulation, equal to about 3% of its overall biomass. Results validate the density equilibrium and spectrophotometric analysis methods in the quantitation of botryococcene-type hydrocarbons. These analytical advances will serve in the screening and selection of B. braunii and of other microalgae in efforts to identify those having a high hydrocarbon content for use in commercial applications.
Wang, Ziyang; Zhao, Luyu; Cai, Yuanming; Zheng, Shufeng; Yin, Yingzeng
2018-02-16
In this paper, a method to reduce the inevitable mutual coupling between antennas in an extremely closely spaced two-element MIMO antenna array is proposed. A suspended meta-surface composed periodic square split ring resonators (SRRs) is placed above the antenna array for decoupling. The meta-surface is equivalent to a negative permeability medium, along which wave propagation is rejected. By properly designing the rejection frequency band of the SRR unit, the mutual coupling between the antenna elements in the MIMO antenna system can be significantly reduced. Two prototypes of microstrip antenna arrays at 5.8 GHz band with and without the metasurface have been fabricated and measured. The matching bandwidths of antennas with reflection coefficient smaller than -15 dB for the arrays without and with the metasurface are 360 MHz and 900 MHz respectively. Using the meta-surface, the isolation between elements is increased from around 8 dB to more than 27 dB within the band of interest. Meanwhile, the total efficiency and peak gain of each element, the envelope correlation coefficient (ECC) between the two elements are also improved by considerable amounts. All the results demonstrate that the proposed method is very efficient for enhancing the performance of MIMO antenna arrays.
Ferrer-Ugalde, Albert; Juárez-Pérez, Emilio José; Teixidor, Francesc; Viñas, Clara; Sillanpää, Reijo; Pérez-Inestrosa, Ezequiel; Núñez, Rosario
2012-01-09
A set of neutral and anionic carborane derivatives in which the styrenyl fragment is introduced as a fluorophore group has been successfully synthesized and characterized. The reaction of the monolithium salts of 1-Ph-1,2-C(2)B(10)H(11), 1-Me-1,2-C(2)B(10)H(11) and 1,2-C(2)B(10)H(12) with one equivalent of 4-vinylbenzyl chloride leads to the formation of compounds 1-3, whereas the reaction of the dilithium salt of 1,2-C(2)B(10)H(12) with two equivalents of 4-vinylbenzyl chloride gives disubstituted compound 4. The closo clusters were degraded using the classical method, KOH in EtOH, to afford the corresponding nido species, which were isolated as tetramethylammonium salts. The crystal structure of the four closo compounds 1-4 were analyzed by X-ray diffraction. All compounds, except 1, display emission properties, with quantum yields dependent on the nature of the cluster (closo or nido) and the substituent on the second C(cluster) atom. In general, closo compounds 2-4 exhibit high fluorescence emission, whereas the presence of a nido cluster produces a decrease of the emission intensity. The presence of a phenyl group bonded to the C(cluster) results in an excellent electron-acceptor unit that produces a quenching of the fluorescence. DFT calculations have confirmed the charge-separation state in 1 to explain the quenching of the fluorescence and the key role of the carboranyl fragment in this luminescent process. Copyright © 2012 WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim.
Janse, Ingmar; Hamidjaja, Raditijo A; Hendriks, Amber C A; van Rotterdam, Bart J
2013-02-14
Burkholderia mallei and B. pseudomallei are two closely related species of highly virulent bacteria that can be difficult to detect. Pathogenic Burkholderia are endemic in many regions worldwide and cases of infection, sometimes brought by travelers from unsuspected regions, also occur elsewhere. Rapid, sensitive methods for identification of B. mallei and B. pseudomallei are urgently needed in the interests of patient treatment and epidemiological surveillance. Signature sequences for sensitive, specific detection of pathogenic Burkholderia based on published genomes were identified and a qPCR assay was designed and validated. A single-reaction quadruplex qPCR assay for the detection of pathogenic Burkholderia, which includes a marker for internal control of DNA extraction and amplification, was developed. The assay permits differentiation of B. mallei and B. pseudomallei strains, and probit analysis showed a very low detection limit. Use of a multicopy signature sequence permits detection of less than 1 genome equivalent per reaction. The new assay permits rapid detection of pathogenic Burkholderia and combines enhanced sensitivity, species differentiation, and inclusion of an internal control for both DNA extraction and PCR amplification.
Validation of artificial skin equivalents as in vitro testing systems
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Schmitt, Robert; Marx, Ulrich; Walles, Heike; Schober, Lena
2011-03-01
With the increasing complexity of the chemical composition of pharmaceuticals, cosmetics and everyday substances, the awareness of potential health issues and long term damages for humanoid organs is shifting into focus. Artificial in vitro testing systems play an important role in providing reliable test conditions and replacing precarious animal testing. Especially artificial skin equivalents ASEs are used for a broad spectrum of studies like penetration, irritation and corrosion of substances. One major challenge in tissue engineering is the qualification of each individual ASE as in vitro testing system. Due to biological fluctuations, the stratum corneum hornified layer of some ASEs may not fully develop or other defects might occur. For monitoring these effects we developed an fully automated Optical Coherence Tomography device. Here, we present different methods to characterize and evaluate the quality of the ASEs based on image and data processing of OCT B-scans. By analysing the surface structure, defects, like cuts or tears, are detectable. A further indicator for the quality of the ASE is the morphology of the tissue. This allows to determine if the skin model has reached the final growth state. We found, that OCT is a well suited technology for automatically characterizing artificial skin equivalents and validating the application as testing system.
Landrine, Hope; Corral, Irma
2014-01-01
To conduct meaningful, epidemiologic research on racial–ethnic health disparities, racial–ethnic samples must be rendered equivalent on other social status and contextual variables via statistical controls of those extraneous factors. The racial–ethnic groups must also be equally familiar with and have similar responses to the methods and measures used to collect health data, must have equal opportunity to participate in the research, and must be equally representative of their respective populations. In the absence of such measurement equivalence, studies of racial–ethnic health disparities are confounded by a plethora of unmeasured, uncontrolled correlates of race–ethnicity. Those correlates render the samples, methods, and measures incomparable across racial–ethnic groups, and diminish the ability to attribute health differences discovered to race–ethnicity vs. to its correlates. This paper reviews the non-equivalent yet normative samples, methodologies and measures used in epidemiologic studies of racial–ethnic health disparities, and provides concrete suggestions for improving sample, method, and scalar measurement equivalence. PMID:25566524
Fabrication and analysis of radiofrequency MEMS series capacitive single-pole double-throw switch
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Bansal, Deepak; Bajpai, Anuroop; Kumar, Prem; Kaur, Maninder; Rangra, Kamaljit
2016-10-01
A compact radiofrequency (RF) MEMS single-pole double-throw (SPDT) switch based on series capacitive configuration is proposed. The critical process parameters are analyzed to improve the fabrication process. A technique of cold-hot thermal shock for lift-off method is explored. The residual stress in the structure is quantified by lancet test structures that come out to be 51 MPa. Effect of residual stress on actuation voltage is explored, which changes its value from 24 to 22 V. Resonance frequency and switching speed of the switch are 11 kHz and 44 μs, respectively, measured using laser Doppler vibrometer. Measured bandwidth of the SPDT switch is 20 GHz (5 to 25 GHz), which is verified with finite element method simulations in high frequency structure simulator©; and an equivalent LCR circuit in advanced design system©;. Insertion loss of the switch lies in -0.1 to -0.5 dB with isolation better than -20 dB for the above-mentioned bandwidth.
[Simultaneous determination of ochratoxin A, B and citrinin in foods by HPLC-FL and LC/MS/MS].
Tabata, Setsuko; Iida, Kenji; Kimura, Keisuke; Iwasaki, Yumiko; Nakazato, Mitsuo; Kamata, Kunihiro; Hirokado, Masako
2008-04-01
Methods using high-performance liquid chromatography with fluorescence detection (HPLC-FL) and using liquid chromatography with tandem mass spectrometry (LC/MS/MS) were developed for simultaneous determination of ochratoxin A (OTA), ochratoxin B (OTB) and citrinin (CIT) in cereal, fruit, and coffee products. The samples were extracted with ethyl acetate under an acidic condition, and then cleaned up with liquid-liquid separation. The test solutions were analyzed by reverse-phase HPLC-FL and LC/MS/MS. Mass spectral acquisition was performed in positive ion mode by applying multiple reaction monitoring. The performances of both detectors were almost equivalent. The recoveries of OTA and OTB were 87-111%, and that of CIT were 70-88%. The limits of quantification (S/N> or =10) of OTA, OTB and CIT was 0.1 mug/kg or less. These methods were considered to be useful for the determination of the three mycotoxins at low levels (0.1 microg/kg).
Direct magnetic field estimation based on echo planar raw data.
Testud, Frederik; Splitthoff, Daniel Nicolas; Speck, Oliver; Hennig, Jürgen; Zaitsev, Maxim
2010-07-01
Gradient recalled echo echo planar imaging is widely used in functional magnetic resonance imaging. The fast data acquisition is, however, very sensitive to field inhomogeneities which manifest themselves as artifacts in the images. Typically used correction methods have the common deficit that the data for the correction are acquired only once at the beginning of the experiment, assuming the field inhomogeneity distribution B(0) does not change over the course of the experiment. In this paper, methods to extract the magnetic field distribution from the acquired k-space data or from the reconstructed phase image of a gradient echo planar sequence are compared and extended. A common derivation for the presented approaches provides a solid theoretical basis, enables a fair comparison and demonstrates the equivalence of the k-space and the image phase based approaches. The image phase analysis is extended here to calculate the local gradient in the readout direction and improvements are introduced to the echo shift analysis, referred to here as "k-space filtering analysis." The described methods are compared to experimentally acquired B(0) maps in phantoms and in vivo. The k-space filtering analysis presented in this work demonstrated to be the most sensitive method to detect field inhomogeneities.
A simple calculation method for determination of equivalent square field.
Shafiei, Seyed Ali; Hasanzadeh, Hadi; Shafiei, Seyed Ahmad
2012-04-01
Determination of the equivalent square fields for rectangular and shielded fields is of great importance in radiotherapy centers and treatment planning software. This is accomplished using standard tables and empirical formulas. The goal of this paper is to present a formula based on analysis of scatter reduction due to inverse square law to obtain equivalent field. Tables are published by different agencies such as ICRU (International Commission on Radiation Units and measurements), which are based on experimental data; but there exist mathematical formulas that yield the equivalent square field of an irregular rectangular field which are used extensively in computation techniques for dose determination. These processes lead to some complicated and time-consuming formulas for which the current study was designed. In this work, considering the portion of scattered radiation in absorbed dose at a point of measurement, a numerical formula was obtained based on which a simple formula was developed to calculate equivalent square field. Using polar coordinate and inverse square law will lead to a simple formula for calculation of equivalent field. The presented method is an analytical approach based on which one can estimate the equivalent square field of a rectangular field and may be used for a shielded field or an off-axis point. Besides, one can calculate equivalent field of rectangular field with the concept of decreased scatter radiation with inverse square law with a good approximation. This method may be useful in computing Percentage Depth Dose and Tissue-Phantom Ratio which are extensively used in treatment planning.
The Equivalence of Two Methods of Parameter Estimation for the Rasch Model.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Blackwood, Larry G.; Bradley, Edwin L.
1989-01-01
Two methods of estimating parameters in the Rasch model are compared. The equivalence of likelihood estimations from the model of G. J. Mellenbergh and P. Vijn (1981) and from usual unconditional maximum likelihood (UML) estimation is demonstrated. Mellenbergh and Vijn's model is a convenient method of calculating UML estimates. (SLD)
Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014
2011-07-26
... confidential business information may be necessary to make a reference or equivalent method determination. The... Equivalent Method Determination (Renewal) AGENCY: Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). [[Page 44584... http://www.regulations.gov (our preferred method), by e-mail to [email protected] , or by mail to: EPA...
Immune networks: multitasking capabilities near saturation
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Agliari, E.; Annibale, A.; Barra, A.; Coolen, A. C. C.; Tantari, D.
2013-10-01
Pattern-diluted associative networks were recently introduced as models for the immune system, with nodes representing T-lymphocytes and stored patterns representing signalling protocols between T- and B-lymphocytes. It was shown earlier that in the regime of extreme pattern dilution, a system with NT T-lymphocytes can manage a number N_B={ {O}}(N_T^\\delta ) of B-lymphocytes simultaneously, with δ < 1. Here we study this model in the extensive load regime NB = αNT, with a high degree of pattern dilution, in agreement with immunological findings. We use graph theory and statistical mechanical analysis based on replica methods to show that in the finite-connectivity regime, where each T-lymphocyte interacts with a finite number of B-lymphocytes as NT → ∞, the T-lymphocytes can coordinate effective immune responses to an extensive number of distinct antigen invasions in parallel. As α increases, the system eventually undergoes a second order transition to a phase with clonal cross-talk interference, where the system’s performance degrades gracefully. Mathematically, the model is equivalent to a spin system on a finitely connected graph with many short loops, so one would expect the available analytical methods, which all assume locally tree-like graphs, to fail. Yet it turns out to be solvable. Our results are supported by numerical simulations.
40 CFR 63.3370 - How do I demonstrate compliance with the emission standards?
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-07-01
... equivalent allowable organic HAP (Equation 13a or b of § 63.3370). (4) Use of a capture system and control... control devices (i) Average equivalent organic HAP emission rate does not exceed 0.2 kg organic HAP per kg... material applied on the web coating line or group of web coating lines controlled by a common control...
40 CFR 63.3370 - How do I demonstrate compliance with the emission standards?
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-07-01
... equivalent allowable organic HAP (Equation 13a or b of § 63.3370). (4) Use of a capture system and control... control devices (i) Average equivalent organic HAP emission rate does not exceed 0.2 kg organic HAP per kg... material applied on the web coating line or group of web coating lines controlled by a common control...
40 CFR 63.3370 - How do I demonstrate compliance with the emission standards?
Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR
2013-07-01
... equivalent allowable organic HAP (Equation 13a or b of § 63.3370). (4) Use of a capture system and control... control devices (i) Average equivalent organic HAP emission rate does not exceed 0.2 kg organic HAP per kg... material applied on the web coating line or group of web coating lines controlled by a common control...
40 CFR 60.242 - Standard for fluorides.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-07-01
... atmosphere from any affected facility any gases which contain total fluorides in excess of 0.25 g/hr/megagram (Mg) of equivalent P2O5 stored (5.0 × 10 −4 lb/hr/ton of equivalent P2O5 stored). (b) No owner or... Industry: Granular Triple Superphosphate Storage Facilities § 60.242 Standard for fluorides. (a) On and...
40 CFR 60.242 - Standard for fluorides.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR
2013-07-01
... atmosphere from any affected facility any gases which contain total fluorides in excess of 0.25 g/hr/megagram (Mg) of equivalent P2O5 stored (5.0 × 10 −4 lb/hr/ton of equivalent P2O5 stored). (b) No owner or... Industry: Granular Triple Superphosphate Storage Facilities § 60.242 Standard for fluorides. (a) On and...
40 CFR 60.242 - Standard for fluorides.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-07-01
... atmosphere from any affected facility any gases which contain total fluorides in excess of 0.25 g/hr/megagram (Mg) of equivalent P2O5 stored (5.0 × 10 −4 lb/hr/ton of equivalent P2O5 stored). (b) No owner or... Industry: Granular Triple Superphosphate Storage Facilities § 60.242 Standard for fluorides. (a) On and...
Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014
2011-10-06
... product packaging, Internet advertising including fan photo contests, and print solicitations to potential... oz beers, and (b) could safely be consumed in its entirety on a single occasion. The complaint... alcohol equivalent to 4.3 regular beers and a 23.5 oz can of 12% ABV Four Loko contains alcohol equivalent...
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-07-01
... the control device according to the requirements in paragraphs (a)(1) through (4) of this section. (1... appropriate for the applicable limitation) at 15 percent oxygen or the equivalent CO2 concentration. (b) If... gas equivalent to 10 percent or more of the gross heat input on an annual basis, you must monitor and...
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Jin, Zhongkun; Yin, Yao; Liu, Bilong
2016-03-01
The finite element method is often used to investigate the sound absorption of anechoic coating backed with orthogonally rib-stiffened plate. Since the anechoic coating contains cavities, the number of grid nodes of a periodic unit cell is usually large. An equivalent modulus method is proposed to reduce the large amount of nodes by calculating an equivalent homogeneous layer. Applications of this method in several models show that the method can well predict the sound absorption coefficient of such structure in a wide frequency range. Based on the simulation results, the sound absorption performance of such structure and the influences of different backings on the first absorption peak are also discussed.
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Benaduce, Ana Paula; Brenneman, Randall; Schrand, Brett
Purpose: To report a novel strategy using oligonucleotide aptamers to 4-1BB as an alternate method for costimulation, and show that combinatorial therapy with radiation improves the therapeutic ratio over equivalent monoclonal antibodies. Methods and Materials: Subcutaneous 4T1 (mouse mammary carcinoma) tumors were established (approximately 100 mm{sup 3}), and a radiation therapy (RT) dose/fractionation schedule that optimally synergizes with 4-1BB monoclonal antibody (mAb) was identified. Comparable tumor control and animal survival was observed when either 4-1BB antibody or aptamer were combined with RT using models of breast cancer and melanoma (4T1 and B16-F10). Off-target CD8{sup +} T-cell toxicity was evaluated by quantification ofmore » CD8{sup +} T cells in livers and spleens of treated animals. Results: When combined with 4-1BB mAb, significant differences in tumor control were observed by varying RT dose and fractionation schedules. Optimal synergy between RT and 4-1BB mAb was observed at 5 Gy × 6. Testing 4-1BB mAb and aptamer independently using the optimal RT (5 Gy × 6 for 4T1/Balb/c and 12 Gy × 1 for B16/C57BL6J mouse models) revealed equivalent tumor control using 4-1BB aptamer and 4-1BB mAb. 4-1BB mAb, but not 4-1BB aptamer-treated animals, exhibited increased lymphocytic liver infiltrates and increased splenic and liver CD8{sup +} T cells. Conclusions: Radiation therapy synergizes with 4-1BB mAb, and this effect is dependent on RT dose and fractionation. Tumor control by 4-1BB aptamer is equivalent to 4-1BB mAb when combined with optimal RT dose, without eliciting off-target liver and spleen CD8{sup +} expansion. 4-1BB aptamer-based costimulation affords a comparable and less toxic strategy to augment RT-mediated tumor control.« less
Onodera, Rie; Kurita, Emi; Taniguchi, Kikuyo; Karakawa, Shuhei; Okada, Satoshi; Kihara, Hirotaka; Fujii, Teruhisa; Kobayashi, Masao
2017-11-01
Anti-human neutrophil antigen (HNA) antibodies have been implicated in the development of neonatal alloimmune neutropenia (NAN) and autoimmune neutropenia (AIN). There are many conventional assay methods that detect anti-HNA antibodies. However, a method to measure multiple samples and detect several anti-HNA antibodies simultaneously is needed. We developed a new method, the extracted granulocyte antigen immunofluorescence assay (EGIFA), to analyze anti-HNA-1a, -1b, and -2 antibodies in sera. The results obtained by EGIFA were evaluated in comparison with those from several standard assay methods. Anti-HNA antibodies in serum samples from nine familial cases with suspected NAN (n = 19) and children with suspected AIN (n = 88) were also measured by EGIFA. The evaluation of nine serum samples with anti-HNA antibodies suggested that EGIFA demonstrated equivalent specificity and superior sensitivity to monoclonal antibody-specific immobilization of granulocyte antigens and had comparable sensitivity to the granulocyte indirect immunofluorescence test. EGIFA successfully detected anti-HNA-1a or -1b antibodies in seven of nine familial cases with suspected NAN. EGIFA detected anti-HNA antibodies in 40.9% of children with suspected AIN. Among them, isolated anti-HNA-1a or -1b antibody was detected in 4.5 or 12.5% of children, respectively, and anti-HNA-2 antibody was identified in 3.4% of children. The 30.8% (16 of 52) of children negative for anti-HNA antibody by EGIFA were positive for anti-HLA antibody. EGIFA facilitated the measurement of anti-HNA-1a, -1b, and/or -2 antibodies in sera. The prompt measurement of anti-HNA antibodies will improve the diagnosis and clinical management of patients with suspected NAN or AIN. © 2017 AABB.
Method for the isolation of biologically active monomeric immunoglobulin A from a plasma fraction.
Leibl, H; Tomasits, R; Wolf, H M; Eibl, M M; Mannhalter, J W
1996-04-12
A purification method for immunoglobulin A (IgA) yielding monomeric IgA with a purity of over 97% has been developed. This procedure uses ethanol-precipitated plasma (Cohn fraction III precipitate) as the starting material and includes heparin-Sepharose adsorption, dextran sulfate and ammonium sulfate precipitation, hydroxyapatite chromatography, batch adsorption by an anion-exchange matrix and gel permeation. Additional protein G Sepharose treatment leads to an IgA preparation of greater than 99% purity. The isolated IgA presented with an IgA subclass distribution, equivalent to IgA in unfractionated plasma, and was biologically active, as was shown by its ability to down-modulate Haemophilus influenzae-b-induced IL-6 secretion of human monocytes.
On the wavelet optimized finite difference method
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Jameson, Leland
1994-01-01
When one considers the effect in the physical space, Daubechies-based wavelet methods are equivalent to finite difference methods with grid refinement in regions of the domain where small scale structure exists. Adding a wavelet basis function at a given scale and location where one has a correspondingly large wavelet coefficient is, essentially, equivalent to adding a grid point, or two, at the same location and at a grid density which corresponds to the wavelet scale. This paper introduces a wavelet optimized finite difference method which is equivalent to a wavelet method in its multiresolution approach but which does not suffer from difficulties with nonlinear terms and boundary conditions, since all calculations are done in the physical space. With this method one can obtain an arbitrarily good approximation to a conservative difference method for solving nonlinear conservation laws.
DOT National Transportation Integrated Search
2017-03-30
A 1 dB decrease in the carrier-to-noise (C/N) ratio is equivalent to a -6 dB interference-to-noise (I/N) ratio and a 1 dB increase in the noise floor ((I+N)/N). Regulations alternate between referencing the 1 dB decrease in C/N, -6 dB I/N ratio, and ...
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-10-01
... second or less. Decibel (dB) means a unit of measurement of sound pressure levels. dB(A) means the sound... operate similar equipment under similar conditions. Sound level or Sound pressure level means ten times... an eight-hour time-weighted-average sound level (TWA) of 85 dB(A), or, equivalently, a dose of 50...
21 CFR 524.1484h - Neomycin, penicillin, polymyxin B, and hydrocortisone suspension.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-04-01
... 21 Food and Drugs 6 2014-04-01 2014-04-01 false Neomycin, penicillin, polymyxin B, and... DOSAGE FORM NEW ANIMAL DRUGS § 524.1484h Neomycin, penicillin, polymyxin B, and hydrocortisone suspension... equivalent to 17.5 milligrams of neomycin, 10,000 international units of penicillin G procaine, 5,000...
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-10-01
... pending pursuant to section 332(c)(1)(B) of the Communications Act, 47 U.S.C. 332(c)(1)(B). A mobile... 47 Telecommunication 2 2012-10-01 2012-10-01 false Definitions. 20.3 Section 20.3... effectively available to a substantial portion of the public; or (b) The functional equivalent of such a...
Double row equivalent for rotator cuff repair: A biomechanical analysis of a new technique.
Robinson, Sean; Krigbaum, Henry; Kramer, Jon; Purviance, Connor; Parrish, Robin; Donahue, Joseph
2018-06-01
There are numerous configurations of double row fixation for rotator cuff tears however, there remains to be a consensus on the best method. In this study, we evaluated three different double-row configurations, including a new method. Our primary question is whether the new anchor and technique compares in biomechanical strength to standard double row techniques. Eighteen prepared fresh frozen bovine infraspinatus tendons were randomized to one of three groups including the New Double Row Equivalent, Arthrex Speedbridge and a transosseous equivalent using standard Stabilynx anchors. Biomechanical testing was performed on humeri sawbones and ultimate load, strain, yield strength, contact area, contact pressure, and a survival plots were evaluated. The new double row equivalent method demonstrated increased survival as well as ultimate strength at 415N compared to the remainder testing groups as well as equivalent contact area and pressure to standard double row techniques. This new anchor system and technique demonstrated higher survival rates and loads to failure than standard double row techniques. This data provides us with a new method of rotator cuff fixation which should be further evaluated in the clinical setting. Basic science biomechanical study.
REVERSAL LEARNING SET AND FUNCTIONAL EQUIVALENCE IN CHILDREN WITH AND WITHOUT AUTISM
Lionello-DeNolf, Karen M.; McIlvane, William J.; Canovas, Daniela S.; de Souza, Deisy G.; Barros, Romariz S.
2009-01-01
To evaluate whether children with and without autism could exhibit (a) functional equivalence in the course of yoked repeated-reversal training and (b) reversal learning set, 6 children, in each of two experiments, were exposed to simple discrimination contingencies with three sets of stimuli. The discriminative functions of the set members were yoked and repeatedly reversed. In Experiment 1, all the children (of preschool age) showed gains in the efficiency of reversal learning across reversal problems and behavior that suggested formation of functional equivalence. In Experiment 2, 3 nonverbal children with autism exhibited strong evidence of reversal learning set and 2 showed evidence of functional equivalence. The data suggest a possible relationship between efficiency of reversal learning and functional equivalence test outcomes. Procedural variables may prove important in assessing the potential of young or nonverbal children to classify stimuli on the basis of shared discriminative functions. PMID:20186287
Agut, C; Caron, A; Giordano, C; Hoffman, D; Ségalini, A
2011-09-10
In 2001, a multidisciplinary team made of analytical scientists and statisticians at Sanofi-aventis has published a methodology which has governed, from that time, the transfers from R&D sites to Manufacturing sites of the release monographs. This article provides an overview of the recent adaptations brought to this original methodology taking advantage of our experience and the new regulatory framework, and, in particular, the risk management perspective introduced by ICH Q9. Although some alternate strategies have been introduced in our practices, the comparative testing one, based equivalence testing as statistical approach, remains the standard for assays lying on very critical quality attributes. This is conducted with the concern to control the most important consumer's risk involved at two levels in analytical decisions in the frame of transfer studies: risk, for the receiving laboratory, to take poor release decisions with the analytical method and risk, for the sending laboratory, to accredit such a receiving laboratory on account of its insufficient performances with the method. Among the enhancements to the comparative studies, the manuscript presents the process settled within our company for a better integration of the transfer study into the method life-cycle, just as proposals of generic acceptance criteria and designs for assay and related substances methods. While maintaining rigor and selectivity of the original approach, these improvements tend towards an increased efficiency in the transfer operations. Copyright © 2011 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
Automated Production of Insulated Footwear
1977-06-01
td 0 -* -^ -H ♦* «0 >-4 « as H 5 .* § £ s 0CM W Ü •« -< 0 -H c o S. is. a. y: 5B -* oo — öS Q...No. of equivalents of MDI Isocyanate Index ■ ___________———— No. of equivalents of (PTMG, 1- 4BD , TMP) B. Outsole Formula a- Ingredients...faift*Jkäl GDA >4QJPA _Cf&Jh* td - *Ä*/> 9«J&LE**L TkL’*** A /#s?ttT&W’** K>UPA ►0CI1PAI v—i. rt OOGDA 0?DPA[ 03>Q]DA 0$DF>A 0$QI>A OODDA
Brodey, Benjamin B; Gonzalez, Nicole L; Elkin, Kathryn Ann; Sasiela, W Jordan; Brodey, Inger S
2017-09-06
The computerized administration of self-report psychiatric diagnostic and outcomes assessments has risen in popularity. If results are similar enough across different administration modalities, then new administration technologies can be used interchangeably and the choice of technology can be based on other factors, such as convenience in the study design. An assessment based on item response theory (IRT), such as the Patient-Reported Outcomes Measurement Information System (PROMIS) depression item bank, offers new possibilities for assessing the effect of technology choice upon results. To create equivalent halves of the PROMIS depression item bank and to use these halves to compare survey responses and user satisfaction among administration modalities-paper, mobile phone, or tablet-with a community mental health care population. The 28 PROMIS depression items were divided into 2 halves based on content and simulations with an established PROMIS response data set. A total of 129 participants were recruited from an outpatient public sector mental health clinic based in Memphis. All participants took both nonoverlapping halves of the PROMIS IRT-based depression items (Part A and Part B): once using paper and pencil, and once using either a mobile phone or tablet. An 8-cell randomization was done on technology used, order of technologies used, and order of PROMIS Parts A and B. Both Parts A and B were administered as fixed-length assessments and both were scored using published PROMIS IRT parameters and algorithms. All 129 participants received either Part A or B via paper assessment. Participants were also administered the opposite assessment, 63 using a mobile phone and 66 using a tablet. There was no significant difference in item response scores for Part A versus B. All 3 of the technologies yielded essentially identical assessment results and equivalent satisfaction levels. Our findings show that the PROMIS depression assessment can be divided into 2 equivalent halves, with the potential to simplify future experimental methodologies. Among community mental health care recipients, the PROMIS items function similarly whether administered via paper, tablet, or mobile phone. User satisfaction across modalities was also similar. Because paper, tablet, and mobile phone administrations yielded similar results, the choice of technology should be based on factors such as convenience and can even be changed during a study without adversely affecting the comparability of results. ©Benjamin B Brodey, Nicole L Gonzalez, Kathryn Ann Elkin, W Jordan Sasiela, Inger S Brodey. Originally published in JMIR Mental Health (http://mental.jmir.org), 06.09.2017.
A passive noise control approach utilizing air gaps with fibrous materials in the textile industry.
Monazzam-Esmaeelpour, Mohammad Reza; Hashemi, Zahra; Golmohammadi, Rostam; Zaredar, Narges
2014-01-01
Noise pollution is currently a major risk factor in industries in both developed and developing countries.The present study assessed noise pollution in the knitting industry in Iran in 2009 and presented a control method to reduce the rate of noise generation. The overall noise level was estimated using the network environmental noise assessment method in Sina Poud textile mill in Hamadan. Then, frequency analysis was performed at indicator target stations in the linear network. Finally, a suitable absorbent was recommended for the ceilings, walls, and aerial panels at three phases according to the results found for the sound source and destination environment. The results showed that the highest sound pressure level was 98.5 dB and the lowest was 95.1 dB. The dominant frequency for the industry was 500 Hz. The highest and lowest sound suppression was achieved by intervention at 4000 Hz equivalent to 14.6 dB and 250 Hz in the textile industry. When noise control at the source is not available or insufficient because of the wide distribution of the acoustic field in the workplace, the best option is to increase the absorptive surface of the workplace using adsorbents such as polystyrene.
Sharma, Namrata; Goel, Manik; Bansal, Shubha; Agarwal, Prakashchand; Titiyal, Jeewan S; Upadhyaya, Ashish D; Vajpayee, Rasik B
2013-06-01
To compare the equivalence of moxifloxacin 0.5% with a combination of fortified cefazolin sodium 5% and tobramycin sulfate 1.3% eye drops in the treatment of moderate bacterial corneal ulcers. Randomized, controlled, equivalence clinical trial. Microbiologically proven cases of bacterial corneal ulcers were enrolled in the study and were allocated randomly to 1 of the 2 treatment groups. Group A was given combination therapy (fortified cefazolin sodium 5% and tobramycin sulfate) and group B was given monotherapy (moxifloxacin 0.5%). The primary outcome variable for the study was percentage of the ulcers healed at 3 months. The secondary outcome variables were best-corrected visual acuity and resolution of infiltrates. Of a total of 224 patients with bacterial keratitis, 114 patients were randomized to group A, whereas 110 patients were randomized to group B. The mean ± standard deviation ulcer size in groups A and B were 4.2 ± 2 and 4.41 ± 1.5 mm, respectively. The prevalence of coagulase-negative Staphylococcus (40.9% in group A and 48.2% in group B) was similar in both the study groups. A complete resolution of keratitis and healing of ulcers occurred in 90 patients (81.8%) in group A and 88 patients (81.4%) in group B at 3 months. The observed percentage of healing at 3 months was less than the equivalence margin of 20%. Worsening of ulcer was seen in 18.2% cases in group A and in 18.5% cases in group B. Mean time to epithelialization was similar, and there was no significant difference in the 2 groups (P = 0.065). No serious events attributable to therapy were reported. Corneal healing using 0.5% moxifloxacin monotherapy is equivalent to that of combination therapy using fortified cefazolin and tobramycin in the treatment of moderate bacterial corneal ulcers. The author(s) have no proprietary or commercial interest in any materials discussed in this article. Copyright © 2013 American Academy of Ophthalmology. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
Influential Nonegligible Parameters under the Search Linear Model.
1986-04-25
lack of fit as wi 2 SSL0F(1 ) - I n u~ -(M) (12) and the sum of squares due to pure error as SSPE - I I (Y V-2 (13) For I 1,.,2) we define F(i) SSL0F...SSE (I) Noting that the numerator on the RHS of the above expression does not depend on i, we get the equivalence of (a) and (b). Again, SSE ) SSPE ...SSLOFM I and SSPE does not depend on i. Therefore (a) and (c) are equivalent. - From (14), the equivalence of (c) and (d) is clear. From (3), (6
There are a number of Federal Reference Method (FRM) and Federal Equivalent Method (FEM) systems used to monitor the six criteria air pollutants (Lead [Pb], Carbon Monoxide [CO], Sulfur Dioxide [SO2], Nitrogen Dioxide [NO2], Ozone [O3], Particulate Matter [PM]) to determine if an...
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Karatas, Sercin; Simsek, Nurettin
2009-01-01
The purpose of this study is to determine whether "equivalent learning experiences" ensure equivalency, in the Internet-based and face-to-face interaction methods on learning results and student satisfaction. In the experimental process of this study, the effect of the Internet-based and face-to-face learning on the equivalency in…
Dose Equivalents for Second-Generation Antipsychotic Drugs: The Classical Mean Dose Method
Leucht, Stefan; Samara, Myrto; Heres, Stephan; Patel, Maxine X.; Furukawa, Toshi; Cipriani, Andrea; Geddes, John; Davis, John M.
2015-01-01
Background: The concept of dose equivalence is important for many purposes. The classical approach published by Davis in 1974 subsequently dominated textbooks for several decades. It was based on the assumption that the mean doses found in flexible-dose trials reflect the average optimum dose which can be used for the calculation of dose equivalence. We are the first to apply the method to second-generation antipsychotics. Methods: We searched for randomized, double-blind, flexible-dose trials in acutely ill patients with schizophrenia that examined 13 oral second-generation antipsychotics, haloperidol, and chlorpromazine (last search June 2014). We calculated the mean doses of each drug weighted by sample size and divided them by the weighted mean olanzapine dose to obtain olanzapine equivalents. Results: We included 75 studies with 16 555 participants. The doses equivalent to 1 mg/d olanzapine were: amisulpride 38.3 mg/d, aripiprazole 1.4 mg/d, asenapine 0.9 mg/d, chlorpromazine 38.9 mg/d, clozapine 30.6 mg/d, haloperidol 0.7 mg/d, quetiapine 32.3mg/d, risperidone 0.4mg/d, sertindole 1.1 mg/d, ziprasidone 7.9 mg/d, zotepine 13.2 mg/d. For iloperidone, lurasidone, and paliperidone no data were available. Conclusions: The classical mean dose method is not reliant on the limited availability of fixed-dose data at the lower end of the effective dose range, which is the major limitation of “minimum effective dose methods” and “dose-response curve methods.” In contrast, the mean doses found by the current approach may have in part depended on the dose ranges chosen for the original trials. Ultimate conclusions on dose equivalence of antipsychotics will need to be based on a review of various methods. PMID:25841041
Bobo-García, Gloria; Davidov-Pardo, Gabriel; Arroqui, Cristina; Vírseda, Paloma; Marín-Arroyo, María R; Navarro, Montserrat
2015-01-01
Total phenolic content (TPC) and antioxidant activity (AA) assays in microplates save resources and time, therefore they can be useful to overcome the fact that the conventional methods are time-consuming, labour intensive and use large amounts of reagents. An intra-laboratory validation of the Folin-Ciocalteu microplate method to measure TPC and the 2,2-diphenyl-1-picrylhydrazyl (DPPH) microplate method to measure AA was performed and compared with conventional spectrophotometric methods. To compare the TPC methods, the confidence intervals of a linear regression were used. In the range of 10-70 mg L(-1) of gallic acid equivalents (GAE), both methods were equivalent. To compare the AA methodologies, the F-test and t-test were used in a range from 220 to 320 µmol L(-1) of Trolox equivalents. Both methods had homogeneous variances, and the means were not significantively different. The limits of detection and quantification for the TPC microplate method were 0.74 and 2.24 mg L(-1) GAE and for the DPPH 12.07 and 36.58 µmol L(-1) of Trolox equivalents. The relative standard deviation of the repeatability and reproducibility for both microplate methods were ≤ 6.1%. The accuracy ranged from 88% to 100%. The microplate and the conventional methods are equals in a 95% confidence level. © 2014 Society of Chemical Industry.
Thermodynamic aspects of reformulation of automotive fuels
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Zudkevitch, D.; Murthy, A.K.S.; Gmehling, J.
1995-09-01
A study of procedures for measuring and predicting the RVP and the initial vapor emissions of reformulated gasoline blends which contain one or more oxygenated compounds, viz., Ethanol, MTBE, ETBE, and TAME is discussed. Two computer simulation methods were programmed and tested. In one method, Method A, the D-86 distillation data on the blend are used for predicting the blend`s RVP from a simulation of the Mini RVPE (RVP Equivalent) experiment. The other method, Method B, relies on analytical information (PIANO analyzes) on the nature of the base gasoline and utilizes classical thermodynamics for simulating the same RVPE, Mini experiment.more » Method B, also, predicts the composition and other properties of the initial vapor emission from the fuel. The results indicate that predictions made with both methods agree very well with experimental values. The predictions with Method B illustrate that the admixture of an oxygenate to a gasoline blend changes the volatility of the blend and, also, the composition of the vapor emission. From the example simulations, a blend with 10 vol % ethanol increases the RVP by about 0.8 psi. The accompanying vapor emission will contain about 15% ethanol. Similarly, the vapor emission of a fuel blend with 11 vol % MTBE was calculated to contain about 11 vol % MTBE. Predictions of the behavior of blends with ETBE and ETBE+Ethanol are also presented and discussed. Recognizing that quite some efforts have been invested in developing empirical correlations for predicting RVP, the writers consider the purpose of this paper to be pointing out that the methods of classical thermodynamics are adequate and that there is a need for additional work in developing certain fundamental data that are still lacking.« less
A Comparison of Presentation Levels to Maximize Word Recognition Scores
Guthrie, Leslie A.; Mackersie, Carol L.
2010-01-01
Background While testing suprathreshold word recognition at multiple levels is considered best practice, studies on practice patterns do not suggest that this is common practice. Audiologists often test at a presentation level intended to maximize recognition scores, but methods for selecting this level are not well established for a wide range of hearing losses. Purpose To determine the presentation level methods that resulted in maximum suprathreshold phoneme-recognition scores while avoiding loudness discomfort. Research Design Performance-intensity functions were obtained for 40 participants with sensorineural hearing loss using the Computer-Assisted Speech Perception Assessment. Participants had either gradually sloping (mild, moderate, moderately severe/severe) or steeply sloping losses. Performance-intensity functions were obtained at presentation levels ranging from 10 dB above the SRT to 5 dB below the UCL (uncomfortable level). In addition, categorical loudness ratings were obtained across a range of intensities using speech stimuli. Scores obtained at UCL – 5 dB (maximum level below loudness discomfort) were compared to four alternative presentation-level methods. The alternative presentation-level methods included sensation level (SL; 2 kHz reference, SRT reference), a fixed-level (95 dB SPL) method, and the most comfortable loudness level (MCL). For the SL methods, scores used in the analysis were selected separately for the SRT and 2 kHz references based on several criteria. The general goal was to choose levels that represented asymptotic performance while avoiding loudness discomfort. The selection of SLs varied across the range of hearing losses. Results Scores obtained using the different presentation-level methods were compared to scores obtained using UCL – 5 dB. For the mild hearing loss group, the mean phoneme scores were similar for all presentation levels. For the moderately severe/severe group, the highest mean score was obtained using UCL - 5 dB. For the moderate and steeply sloping groups, the mean scores obtained using 2 kHz SL were equivalent to UCL - 5 dB, whereas scores obtained using the SRT SL were significantly lower than those obtained using UCL - 5 dB. The mean scores corresponding to MCL and 95 dB SPL were significantly lower than scores for UCL - 5 dB for the moderate and the moderately severe/severe group. Conclusions For participants with mild to moderate gradually sloping losses and for those with steeply sloping losses, the UCL – 5 dB and the 2 kHz SL methods resulted in the highest scores without exceeding listeners' UCLs. For participants with moderately severe/severe losses, the UCL - 5 dB method resulted in the highest phoneme recognition scores. PMID:19594086
Impact of Biodiesel Impurities on the Performance and Durability of DOC, DPF and SCR Technologies
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Williams, A.; McCormick, R.; Luecke, J.
2011-06-01
It is estimated that operating continuously on a B20 fuel containing the current allowable ASTM specification limits for metal impurities in biodiesel could result in a doubling of ash exposure relative to lube-oil derived ash. The purpose of this study was to determine if a fuel containing metals at the ASTM limits could cause adverse impacts on the performance and durability of diesel emission control systems. An accelerated durability test method was developed to determine the potential impact of these biodiesel impurities. The test program included engine testing with multiple DPF substrate types as well as DOC and SCR catalysts.more » The results showed no significant degradation in the thermo-mechanical properties of cordierite, aluminum titanate, or silicon carbide DPFs after exposure to 150,000 mile equivalent biodiesel ash and thermal aging. However, exposure of a cordierite DPF to 435,000 mile equivalent aging resulted in a 69% decrease in the thermal shock resistance parameter. It is estimated that the additional ash from 150,000 miles of biodiesel use would also result in a moderate increases in exhaust backpressure for a DPF. A decrease in DOC activity was seen after exposure to 150,000 mile equivalent aging, resulting in higher HC slip and a reduction in NO{sub 2} formation. The metal-zeolite SCR catalyst experienced a slight loss in activity after exposure to 435,000 mile equivalent aging. This catalyst, placed downstream of the DPF, showed a 5% reduction in overall NOx conversion activity over the HDDT test cycle.« less
Teresi, Jeanne A.; Jones, Richard N.
2017-01-01
The purpose of this article is to introduce the methods used and challenges confronted by the authors of this two-part series of articles describing the results of analyses of measurement equivalence of the short form scales from the Patient Reported Outcomes Measurement Information System® (PROMIS®). Qualitative and quantitative approaches used to examine differential item functioning (DIF) are reviewed briefly. Qualitative methods focused on generation of DIF hypotheses. The basic quantitative approaches used all rely on a latent variable model, and examine parameters either derived directly from item response theory (IRT) or from structural equation models (SEM). A key methods focus of these articles is to describe state-of-the art approaches to examination of measurement equivalence in eight domains: physical health, pain, fatigue, sleep, depression, anxiety, cognition, and social function. These articles represent the first time that DIF has been examined systematically in the PROMIS short form measures, particularly among ethnically diverse groups. This is also the first set of analyses to examine the performance of PROMIS short forms in patients with cancer. Latent variable model state-of-the-art methods for examining measurement equivalence are introduced briefly in this paper to orient readers to the approaches adopted in this set of papers. Several methodological challenges underlying (DIF-free) anchor item selection and model assumption violations are presented as a backdrop for the articles in this two-part series on measurement equivalence of PROMIS measures. PMID:28983448
Teresi, Jeanne A; Jones, Richard N
2016-01-01
The purpose of this article is to introduce the methods used and challenges confronted by the authors of this two-part series of articles describing the results of analyses of measurement equivalence of the short form scales from the Patient Reported Outcomes Measurement Information System ® (PROMIS ® ). Qualitative and quantitative approaches used to examine differential item functioning (DIF) are reviewed briefly. Qualitative methods focused on generation of DIF hypotheses. The basic quantitative approaches used all rely on a latent variable model, and examine parameters either derived directly from item response theory (IRT) or from structural equation models (SEM). A key methods focus of these articles is to describe state-of-the art approaches to examination of measurement equivalence in eight domains: physical health, pain, fatigue, sleep, depression, anxiety, cognition, and social function. These articles represent the first time that DIF has been examined systematically in the PROMIS short form measures, particularly among ethnically diverse groups. This is also the first set of analyses to examine the performance of PROMIS short forms in patients with cancer. Latent variable model state-of-the-art methods for examining measurement equivalence are introduced briefly in this paper to orient readers to the approaches adopted in this set of papers. Several methodological challenges underlying (DIF-free) anchor item selection and model assumption violations are presented as a backdrop for the articles in this two-part series on measurement equivalence of PROMIS measures.
Luigi Ingrassia, Pier; Ragazzoni, Luca; Carenzo, Luca; Colombo, Davide; Ripoll Gallardo, Alba; Della Corte, Francesco
2015-04-01
This study tested the hypothesis that virtual reality simulation is equivalent to live simulation for testing naive medical students' abilities to perform mass casualty triage using the Simple Triage and Rapid Treatment (START) algorithm in a simulated disaster scenario and to detect the improvement in these skills after a teaching session. Fifty-six students in their last year of medical school were randomized into two groups (A and B). The same scenario, a car accident, was developed identically on the two simulation methodologies: virtual reality and live simulation. On day 1, group A was exposed to the live scenario and group B was exposed to the virtual reality scenario, aiming to triage 10 victims. On day 2, all students attended a 2-h lecture on mass casualty triage, specifically the START triage method. On day 3, groups A and B were crossed over. The groups' abilities to perform mass casualty triage in terms of triage accuracy, intervention correctness, and speed in the scenarios were assessed. Triage and lifesaving treatment scores were assessed equally by virtual reality and live simulation on day 1 and on day 3. Both simulation methodologies detected an improvement in triage accuracy and treatment correctness from day 1 to day 3 (P<0.001). The time to complete each scenario and its decrease from day 1 to day 3 were detected equally in the two groups (P<0.05). Virtual reality simulation proved to be a valuable tool, equivalent to live simulation, to test medical students' abilities to perform mass casualty triage and to detect improvement in such skills.
40 CFR 53.58 - Operational field precision and blank test.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR
2013-07-01
... PROGRAMS (CONTINUED) AMBIENT AIR MONITORING REFERENCE AND EQUIVALENT METHODS Procedures for Testing Physical (Design) and Performance Characteristics of Reference Methods and Class I and Class II Equivalent... samplers are also subject to a test for possible deposition of particulate matter on inactive filters...
40 CFR 53.58 - Operational field precision and blank test.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-07-01
... PROGRAMS (CONTINUED) AMBIENT AIR MONITORING REFERENCE AND EQUIVALENT METHODS Procedures for Testing Physical (Design) and Performance Characteristics of Reference Methods and Class I and Class II Equivalent... samplers are also subject to a test for possible deposition of particulate matter on inactive filters...
40 CFR 53.58 - Operational field precision and blank test.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-07-01
... PROGRAMS (CONTINUED) AMBIENT AIR MONITORING REFERENCE AND EQUIVALENT METHODS Procedures for Testing Physical (Design) and Performance Characteristics of Reference Methods and Class I and Class II Equivalent... samplers are also subject to a test for possible deposition of particulate matter on inactive filters...
40 CFR 53.58 - Operational field precision and blank test.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-07-01
... PROGRAMS (CONTINUED) AMBIENT AIR MONITORING REFERENCE AND EQUIVALENT METHODS Procedures for Testing Physical (Design) and Performance Characteristics of Reference Methods and Class I and Class II Equivalent... samplers are also subject to a test for possible deposition of particulate matter on inactive filters...
A simple calculation method for determination of equivalent square field
Shafiei, Seyed Ali; Hasanzadeh, Hadi; Shafiei, Seyed Ahmad
2012-01-01
Determination of the equivalent square fields for rectangular and shielded fields is of great importance in radiotherapy centers and treatment planning software. This is accomplished using standard tables and empirical formulas. The goal of this paper is to present a formula based on analysis of scatter reduction due to inverse square law to obtain equivalent field. Tables are published by different agencies such as ICRU (International Commission on Radiation Units and measurements), which are based on experimental data; but there exist mathematical formulas that yield the equivalent square field of an irregular rectangular field which are used extensively in computation techniques for dose determination. These processes lead to some complicated and time-consuming formulas for which the current study was designed. In this work, considering the portion of scattered radiation in absorbed dose at a point of measurement, a numerical formula was obtained based on which a simple formula was developed to calculate equivalent square field. Using polar coordinate and inverse square law will lead to a simple formula for calculation of equivalent field. The presented method is an analytical approach based on which one can estimate the equivalent square field of a rectangular field and may be used for a shielded field or an off-axis point. Besides, one can calculate equivalent field of rectangular field with the concept of decreased scatter radiation with inverse square law with a good approximation. This method may be useful in computing Percentage Depth Dose and Tissue-Phantom Ratio which are extensively used in treatment planning. PMID:22557801
Exploratory Research and Development of Microwave Filters in Silicon Technology
2013-09-25
admittance Gout . The equivalent model for the active inductor with parasitic components is also shown in Fig. 9. The values of the equivalent model are...minimizing the output admittance Gout . 23 B. Transconductor Design ID1 ID2 VS Rcomp VDD VDD Vc VG-vin/2VG+vin/2 vin M5 M3 M4 M1 M2 Fig. 10
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-07-01
... paragraphs (a) or (b) of this section, the ranking deputy (or an equivalent official) in such unit who is... directs otherwise. Except as otherwise provided by law, if there is no ranking deputy available, the... designate the ranking deputy (or an equivalent official) in the unit who is available to act as head. If...
Assessing the variability in transmission of bovine tuberculosis within Spanish cattle herds.
Ciaravino, G; García-Saenz, A; Cabras, S; Allepuz, A; Casal, J; García-Bocanegra, I; De Koeijer, A; Gubbins, S; Sáez, J L; Cano-Terriza, D; Napp, S
2018-06-01
In Spain, despite years of efforts to eradicate bovine tuberculosis (bTB), the disease is still endemic, with some areas of high prevalence. In this context, the surveillance and control plans may need to be re-evaluated, and understanding the dynamics of bTB spread within Spanish herds may help to develop new strategies for reducing the time for detection of infected herds and for the elimination of bTB from the herds already infected. Here, we developed a compartmental stochastic model to simulate bTB within-herd transmission, fed it with epidemiological data from 22 herds (obtained from a previous work) and carried out parameter inference using Approximate Bayesian Computing methods We also estimated the "Within-herd transmission potential Number" (R h ), i.e. the average number of secondary cases generated by a single animal infected introduced into a totally susceptible herd, considering different scenarios depending on the frequency of controls. The median global values obtained for the transmission parameters were: for the transmission coefficient (β), 0.014 newly infected animals per infectious individual per day (i.e. 5.2 per year), for the rate at which infected individuals become infectious (α), 0.01 per day (equivalent to a latent period of 97 days), and for the rate at which infected individuals become reactive to the skin test (α 1 ), 0.08 per day (equivalent to a period of 12 days for an infected animal to become reactive). However, the results also evidenced a great variability in the estimates of those parameters (in particular β and α) among the 22 herds. Considering a 6-month interval between tests, the mean R h was 0.23, increasing to 0.82 with an interval of 1 year, and to 2.01 and 3.47 with testing intervals of 2 and 4 years, respectively. Crown Copyright © 2018. Published by Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Danaeifar, Mohammad; Granpayeh, Nosrat
2018-03-01
An analytical method is presented to analyze and synthesize bianisotropic metasurfaces. The equivalent parameters of metasurfaces in terms of meta-atom properties and other specifications of metasurfaces are derived. These parameters are related to electric, magnetic, and electromagnetic/magnetoelectric dipole moments of the bianisotropic media, and they can simplify the analysis of complicated and multilayer structures. A metasurface of split ring resonators is studied as an example demonstrating the proposed method. The optical properties of the meta-atom are explored, and the calculated polarizabilities are applied to find the reflection coefficient and the equivalent parameters of the metasurface. Finally, a structure consisting of two metasurfaces of the split ring resonators is provided, and the proposed analytical method is applied to derive the reflection coefficient. The validity of this analytical approach is verified by full-wave simulations which demonstrate good accuracy of the equivalent parameter method. This method can be used in the analysis and synthesis of bianisotropic metasurfaces with different materials and in different frequency ranges by considering electric, magnetic, and electromagnetic/magnetoelectric dipole moments.
75 FR 78339 - Buy America Waiver Notification
Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014
2010-12-15
... of steel pipe API 5L, Grade B, PSL 2 as an alternate equivalent product to steel pipe A53 Grade B, 26... Buy America waiver for the use of non-domestic steel pipe; A53 Grade B, 26'' OD, 0.375'' wall for the... Register on October 19, 2010, at 75 FR 64394, for the use of non-domestic steel pipe; A53 Grade B, 26'' OD...
Wang, Xiang-Hua; Yin, Wen-Yan; Chen, Zhi Zhang David
2013-09-09
The one-step leapfrog alternating-direction-implicit finite-difference time-domain (ADI-FDTD) method is reformulated for simulating general electrically dispersive media. It models material dispersive properties with equivalent polarization currents. These currents are then solved with the auxiliary differential equation (ADE) and then incorporated into the one-step leapfrog ADI-FDTD method. The final equations are presented in the form similar to that of the conventional FDTD method but with second-order perturbation. The adapted method is then applied to characterize (a) electromagnetic wave propagation in a rectangular waveguide loaded with a magnetized plasma slab, (b) transmission coefficient of a plane wave normally incident on a monolayer graphene sheet biased by a magnetostatic field, and (c) surface plasmon polaritons (SPPs) propagation along a monolayer graphene sheet biased by an electrostatic field. The numerical results verify the stability, accuracy and computational efficiency of the proposed one-step leapfrog ADI-FDTD algorithm in comparison with analytical results and the results obtained with the other methods.
Subpart B: National Emission Standards for Radon Emissions From Underground Uranium Mines
Subpart B sets a limit on the emission of radon-222 that ensures that no member of the public in any year receives an effective dose equivalent of more than 10 mrem/year from an underground uranium mine.
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Mccanna, R. W.; Sims, W. H.
1972-01-01
Results are presented for an experimental space shuttle stage separation plume impingement program conducted in the NASA-Marshall Space Flight Center's impulse base flow facility (IBFF). Major objectives of the investigation were to: (1)determine the degree of dual engine exhaust plume simulation obtained using the equivalent engine; (2) determine the applicability of the analytical techniques; and (3) obtain data applicable for use in full-scale studies. The IBFF tests determined the orbiter rocket motor plume impingement loads, both pressure and heating, on a 3 percent General Dynamics B-15B booster configuration in a quiescent environment simulating a nominal staging altitude of 73.2 km (240,00 ft). The data included plume surveys of two 3 percent scale orbiter nozzles, and a 4.242 percent scaled equivalent nozzle - equivalent in the sense that it was designed to have the same nozzle-throat-to-area ratio as the two 3 percent nozzles and, within the tolerances assigned for machining the hardware, this was accomplished.
33 CFR Appendix B to Part 240 - Formulas for Determining Amount of Allowable Credit
Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR
2013-07-01
.... Ordinarily, the result will simply be a transfer of equivalent responsibilities between the Corps and non..., DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY, DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE GENERAL CREDIT FOR FLOOD CONTROL Pt. 240, App. B Appendix B to Part 240—Formulas for Determining Amount of Allowable Credit 1. General. The amount of credit that non...
33 CFR Appendix B to Part 240 - Formulas for Determining Amount of Allowable Credit
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-07-01
.... Ordinarily, the result will simply be a transfer of equivalent responsibilities between the Corps and non..., DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY, DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE GENERAL CREDIT FOR FLOOD CONTROL Pt. 240, App. B Appendix B to Part 240—Formulas for Determining Amount of Allowable Credit 1. General. The amount of credit that non...
33 CFR Appendix B to Part 240 - Formulas for Determining Amount of Allowable Credit
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-07-01
.... Ordinarily, the result will simply be a transfer of equivalent responsibilities between the Corps and non..., DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY, DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE GENERAL CREDIT FOR FLOOD CONTROL Pt. 240, App. B Appendix B to Part 240—Formulas for Determining Amount of Allowable Credit 1. General. The amount of credit that non...
33 CFR Appendix B to Part 240 - Formulas for Determining Amount of Allowable Credit
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-07-01
.... Ordinarily, the result will simply be a transfer of equivalent responsibilities between the Corps and non..., DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY, DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE GENERAL CREDIT FOR FLOOD CONTROL Pt. 240, App. B Appendix B to Part 240—Formulas for Determining Amount of Allowable Credit 1. General. The amount of credit that non...
Cultural adaptation and translation of measures: an integrated method.
Sidani, Souraya; Guruge, Sepali; Miranda, Joyal; Ford-Gilboe, Marilyn; Varcoe, Colleen
2010-04-01
Differences in the conceptualization and operationalization of health-related concepts may exist across cultures. Such differences underscore the importance of examining conceptual equivalence when adapting and translating instruments. In this article, we describe an integrated method for exploring conceptual equivalence within the process of adapting and translating measures. The integrated method involves five phases including selection of instruments for cultural adaptation and translation; assessment of conceptual equivalence, leading to the generation of a set of items deemed to be culturally and linguistically appropriate to assess the concept of interest in the target community; forward translation; back translation (optional); and pre-testing of the set of items. Strengths and limitations of the proposed integrated method are discussed. (c) 2010 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.
Distenfeld, Carl H.
1978-01-01
A method for measuring the dose-equivalent for exposure to an unknown and/or time varing neutron flux which comprises simultaneously exposing a plurality of neutron detecting elements of different types to a neutron flux and combining the measured responses of the various detecting elements by means of a function, whose value is an approximate measure of the dose-equivalent, which is substantially independent of the energy spectra of the flux. Also, a personnel neutron dosimeter, which is useful in carrying out the above method, comprising a plurality of various neutron detecting elements in a single housing suitable for personnel to wear while working in a radiation area.
New modeling method for the dielectric relaxation of a DRAM cell capacitor
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Choi, Sujin; Sun, Wookyung; Shin, Hyungsoon
2018-02-01
This study proposes a new method for automatically synthesizing the equivalent circuit of the dielectric relaxation (DR) characteristic in dynamic random access memory (DRAM) without frequency dependent capacitance measurement. Charge loss due to DR can be observed by a voltage drop at the storage node and this phenomenon can be analyzed by an equivalent circuit. The Havariliak-Negami model is used to accurately determine the electrical characteristic parameters of an equivalent circuit. The DRAM sensing operation is performed in HSPICE simulations to verify this new method. The simulation demonstrates that the storage node voltage drop resulting from DR and the reduction in the sensing voltage margin, which has a critical impact on DRAM read operation, can be accurately estimated using this new method.
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Yang, Xiao; Li, Huijian; Hu, Minzheng; Liu, Zeliang; Wärnå, John; Cao, Yuying; Ahuja, Rajeev; Luo, Wei
2018-04-01
A method to obtain the equivalent Poisson's ratio in chemical bonds as classical beams with finite element method was proposed from experimental data. The UFF (Universal Force Field) method was employed to calculate the elastic force constants of Zrsbnd O bonds. By applying the equivalent Poisson's ratio, the mechanical properties of single-wall ZrNTs (ZrO2 nanotubes) were investigated by finite element analysis. The nanotubes' Young's modulus (Y), Poisson's ratio (ν) of ZrNTs as function of diameters, length and chirality have been discussed, respectively. We found that the Young's modulus of single-wall ZrNTs is calculated to be between 350 and 420 GPa.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Weigold, Arne; Weigold, Ingrid K.; Russell, Elizabeth J.
2013-01-01
Self-report survey-based data collection is increasingly carried out using the Internet, as opposed to the traditional paper-and-pencil method. However, previous research on the equivalence of these methods has yielded inconsistent findings. This may be due to methodological and statistical issues present in much of the literature, such as…
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Green, Francis; Vignoles, Anna
2012-01-01
We present a method to compare different qualifications for entry to higher education by studying students' subsequent performance. Using this method for students holding either the International Baccalaureate (IB) or A-levels gaining their degrees in 2010, we estimate an "empirical" equivalence scale between IB grade points and UCAS…
Continuum modeling of the mechanical and thermal behavior of discrete large structures
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Nayfeh, A. H.; Hefzy, M. S.
1980-01-01
In the present paper we introduce a rather straightforward construction procedure in order to derive continuum equivalence of discrete truss-like repetitive structures. Once the actual structure is specified, the construction procedure can be outlined by the following three steps: (a) all sets of parallel members are identified, (b) unidirectional 'effective continuum' properties are derived for each of these sets and (c) orthogonal transformations are finally used to determine the contribution of each set to the 'overall effective continuum' properties of the structure. Here the properties includes mechanical (stiffnesses), thermal (coefficients of thermal expansions) and material densities. Once expanded descriptions of the steps (b) and (c) are done, the construction procedure will be applied to a wide variety of discrete structures and the results will be compared with those of other existing methods.